BBU - Maintenance User Guide

Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Title page
Alcatel-Lucent 9926
Distributed Base Station - LTE Baseband Unit (BBU) | LR13.3.L
Hardware Maintenance and Upgrade Guide for FDD LTE
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA
Issue 2 | July 2014
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary

Legal notice
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2014 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Conformance statements
Product conformance statements can be found in Appendix B, Product conformance statements.

Developed by the Alcatel-Lucent Documentation Team.
Contents
About this document
xxi
Purpose ........................................................................................................................................................................................... xxi
What's new .................................................................................................................................................................................... xxi
xxi
Intended audience .................................................................................................................................................................... xxiii
xxiii
Supported systems ................................................................................................................................................................... xxiii
xxiii
How to use this document ...................................................................................................................................................... xxv
xxv
Safety information ................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
xxvi
Conventions used ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
xxvi
Related information
Document support
................................................................................................................................................................ xxvi
xxvi
................................................................................................................................................................... xxxi
xxxi
Technical support ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxxi

xxxi
How to order .............................................................................................................................................................................. xxxi
xxxi
How to comment
.................................................................................................................................................................... xxxii
xxxii
Part I: 9926 BBU Maintenance

1
LTE Product Safety

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1
Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1
General precautions for installation procedures
............................................................................................................ 1-3
1-3
Specific safety hazards ............................................................................................................................................................ 1-5

1-5
2
9926 BBU Preventive Maintenance

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-1
9926 BBU preventive maintenance requirements
........................................................................................................ 2-1
2-1
9926 BBU preventive maintenance schedule ................................................................................................................. 2-2

2-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU
iii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 2-1: Inspect/clean 9926 BBU Sub-Rack air intake

Procedure 2-2: Inspect/clean RUC/Fan Tray fans
3
................................................................................. 2-3
2-3
........................................................................................................ 2-7
2-7
Corrective maintenance process

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3-1
Replacement/repair process
.................................................................................................................................................. 3-1
3-1
Safety requirements .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-5

3-5
Required tools
............................................................................................................................................................................ 3-5
3-5
Torque requirements for mechanical connections

4
........................................................................................................ 3-7
3-7
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-1
9926 BBU replacement procedures in 9412 eNodeB .................................................................................................. 4-2
4-2
Procedure 4-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray ............................................................................................................................ 4-3
4-3
Procedure 4-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM ...................................................................................... 4-16
4-16
Procedure 4-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM ........................................................................... 4-40
4-40
Procedure 4-4: Replace bCEM .......................................................................................................................................... 4-75
4-75
Procedure 4-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet
................................................. 4-85
4-85
Procedure 4-6: Replace SFP transceivers .................................................................................................................... 4-104

4-104
5
Corrective maintenance procedures for rack-mounted 9926 BBU

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-1
9926 BBU replacement procedures
................................................................................................................................... 5-2
5-2
Procedure 5-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU ....................................................................................... 5-3
5-3
Procedure 5-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM ...................................................................................... 5-16
5-16
Procedure 5-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM
............................................... 5-40
5-40
Procedure 5-4: Replace bCEM .......................................................................................................................................... 5-74

5-74
Procedure 5-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
Procedure 5-6: Replace eAM
....................................................................... 5-85
5-85
.......................................................................................................................................... 5-105
5-105
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iv
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-1
9926 BBU in MBI cabinet replacement procedures
.................................................................................................... 6-2
6-2
Procedure 6-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet ............................................................................................. 6-3

6-3
Procedure 6-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet .................................... 6-16
6-16
Procedure 6-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet ........................................... 6-40
6-40
Procedure 6-4: Replace bCEM in MBI cabinet ........................................................................................................... 6-75
6-75
Procedure 6-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet .............................................................................. 6-86
6-86
.......................................................................................................................................... 6-107
6-107
Part II: 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures

7
Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7-1
Hardware issues ......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7-1
Procedure 7-1: Install a new bCEM ................................................................................................................................... 7-2
7-2
Procedure 7-2: Remove existing bCEM ........................................................................................................................... 7-4
7-4
Add new cell to eNodeB

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8-1
LTE cell creation ....................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8-1
Procedure 8-1: Add new cell to eNodeB .......................................................................................................................... 8-3
8-3
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-1
9-1
Preparation
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-2
9-2
Procedure 9-1: Configure 9926 BBU hardware
............................................................................................................ 9-9
9-9
Procedure 9-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems ......................................... 9-12
9-12
10
Reconfiguring cells
Procedure 10-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs ..................................................................................................... 10-1
10-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
v
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation

Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-1
11-1
Preparation
................................................................................................................................................................................ 11-1
11-1
Procedure 11-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation .................................................. 11-9
11-9
Procedure 11-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation ...................................................................... 11-12
11-12
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration
12
.................................................................................... 11-19
11-19
Configure 9926 BBU for Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band Operation (Commercial Carrier

Aggregation (CA))
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12-1
Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 12-2

12-2
Procedure 12-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for multi-carrier, multi-band operation ................................................. 12-9
12-9
Procedure 12-2: Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation
13
................................................................... 12-13
12-13
Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit Mode operation with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1
13-1
Procedure 13-1: Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit Mode operation with
TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs .......................................................................................................................................... 13-2
13-2
A
Document issue history

Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1
A-1
Reissue history .......................................................................................................................................................................... A-1
A-1
Product conformance statements

Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... B-1
B-1
United States .............................................................................................................................................................................. B-2
B-2
Canada .......................................................................................................................................................................................... B-3
B-3
European Union ........................................................................................................................................................................ B-4
B-4
Abbreviations
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... C-1
C-1
Abbreviations
............................................................................................................................................................................ C-1
C-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vi
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LED status
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... D-1
D-1
eCCM-U LED status
.............................................................................................................................................................. D-1
D-1
eCCM-U Model 2 LED status

bCEM LED status
............................................................................................................................................ D-5
D-5
................................................................................................................................................................. D-11
D-11
TRDU LED status ................................................................................................................................................................. D-13

D-13
E
Update 9926 BBU software loads

Overview
..................................................................................................................................................................................... E-1
E-1
Required software and eCCM-U identification
............................................................................................................ E-2
E-2
Procedure E-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U
...................................................................... E-4
E-4
Procedure E-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
............................................................ E-5
E-5
Procedure E-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC ........................................................................ E-6
E-6
Procedure E-4: Download release notes
.......................................................................................................................... E-9
E-9
Procedure E-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system ................................................................................ E-10
E-10
F
Recommission 9926 BBU

Overview
..................................................................................................................................................................................... F-1
F-1
Requirements
Overview
..................................................................................................................................................................................... F-2
F-2
Documentation Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. F-2

F-2
Hardware Requirements ......................................................................................................................................................... F-3
F-3
Software Requirements
.......................................................................................................................................................... F-4
F-4
Recommissioning scenarios
Overview
..................................................................................................................................................................................... F-6
F-6
Procedure F-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
............................................................. F-7
F-7
Procedure F-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order ..................................... F-13
F-13
Procedure F-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file ..................................... F-18
F-18
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure F-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning .............................................. F-23
F-23
Procedure F-5: Set OAM Routing
G
................................................................................................................................... F-27
F-27
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR

Procedure G-1: Change CCM static MAC address ..................................................................................................... G-1
G-1
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
viii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of tables
1
Document changes from LR13.3.L (Issue 2, July 2014)
........................................................................... xxii
How to use this document
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM documents
1-1
Signal words for hazard severity .......................................................................................................................... 1-2
2-1
2-2
9926 BBU preventive maintenance schedule .................................................................................................. 2-2
3-1
Hot-swapped components
3-2
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU configurations
3-3
Required tools
3-4
4-1
BBU replacement procedures
4-2
RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications
4-3
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview
4-4
CCM connector changes ....................................................................................................................................... 4-19
4-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM
4-6
4-7
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
4-8
bCEM replacement procedure overview
4-9
CPRI interface SFP optical modules
4-10
Backhaul interface SFP optical modules ...................................................................................................... 4-109
5-1
9926 BBU component replacement procedures
5-2
5-3
..................................................................................................................................... xxv
........................................................................................................... xxvii
......................................................................................... 2-1
...................................................................................................................................... 3-2
........................................................................................................ 3-3
............................................................................................................................................................. 3-5
3-5
......................................................................................... 3-7
............................................................................................................................... 4-2
....................................................................................................... 4-5
.......................................................................................... 4-7
.................................................................................. 4-20
....................................................................... 4-44
........................................................................................................ 4-76
............................................................................................................. 4-106
............................................................................................. 5-2
....................................................................................................... 5-5
.......................................................................................... 5-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ix
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
bCEM replacement procedure (rack-mounted) ............................................................................................ 5-76
6-1
6-2
6-3
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview (MBI) ............................................................................. 6-8
6-4
6-5
CCM replacement procedure overview using eNodeB-NEM
6-6
6-7
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet ....................................... 6-44
6-8
bCEM replacement procedure (MBI)
9-1
Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation
9-2
Configure 9926 BBU hardware procedure overview
9-3
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation procedure overview
11-1
Install second bCEMP1.1 hardware procedure overview
11-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation procedure overview
12-1
Install second/third bCEMP1.1 hardware procedure overview .............................................................. 12-6
12-2
Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation procedure overview
13-1
CPRI cable connections between BB1, RF1, and RF2
13-2
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode TRDUs to RF feedthru connectors ............................................... 13-13
13-3
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode RF cables to antennas ........................................................................ 13-14
A-1
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 3, June 2014) ........................................................................... A-1
A-2
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 2, March 2014) ....................................................................... A-5
A-3
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 1, August 2013) ...................................................................... A-7
D-1
SYNC LED status during D30 software loads
.................................................................................. 5-20
....................................................................... 5-44
..................................................................................... 6-2
....................................................................................................... 6-5
................................................................ 6-20
.............................................................................................................. 6-77
.............................................................................. 9-4
................................................................................... 9-6
...................................................... 9-7
........................................................................ 11-5
................................................. 11-6
............................................... 12-7
........................................................................... 13-11
.............................................................................................. D-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-2
SYNC LEDs status during D50 and D60 software loads
.......................................................................... D-3
D-3
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
D-4
Four LED bCEM status
D-5
TRDU General Status LEDs
D-6
TRDU CPRI PRI/SEC Status LED
F-1
Fixed OAM IP address alpha parameters
F-2
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads
F-3
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads
F-4
Delta work order alpha parameters
F-5
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads ...................................................................................... F-14
F-6
F-7
Macro eNodeB Minimum Commissioning Loads ...................................................................................... F-19
F-8
............................................................................................................................................. D-4
D-4
....................................................................................................................................... D-11
.............................................................................................................................. D-14
................................................................................................................. D-15
......................................................................................................... F-7
........................................................................................ F-8
..................................................................................... F-8
.................................................................................................................. F-13
................................................................................... F-14
................................................................................... F-19
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xi
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of figures
1-1
Structure of safety statements
............................................................................................................................... 1-2
4-1
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view ........................................................................................... 4-2
4-2
RUC/Fan Tray module ............................................................................................................................................. 4-4

4-4
4-3
RUC/Fan Tray connections .................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4-4
eCCM-U faceplate
4-5
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-18

4-18
4-6
eCCM-U faceplate
4-7
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-42

4-42
4-8
bCEM faceplate
4-9
eCCM-U front panel ............................................................................................................................................ 4-105
4-10
9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection diagram
5-1
5-2

5-4
5-3
5-4
eCCM-U faceplate
5-5
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 5-18

5-18
5-6
eCCM-U faceplate
5-7
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 5-42

5-42
5-8
Replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU ................................................................................................. 5-75
5-9
bCEM faceplate
5-10
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU ....................................................................................... 5-86
5-11
Replace eAM .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-106

5-106
6-1
.................................................................................................................................................. 4-18
4-18
.................................................................................................................................................. 4-42
4-42
....................................................................................................................................................... 4-75
4-75
................................................................................................. 4-108
.................................................................................................................................................. 5-18
5-18
.................................................................................................................................................. 5-42
5-42
....................................................................................................................................................... 5-75
5-75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xiii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2
Replace RUC/Fan Tray module in MBI cabinet
............................................................................................ 6-4
6-3

6-5
6-4
6-5
eCCM-U faceplate
6-6
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-18

6-18
6-7
eCCM-U faceplate
6-8
eCCM2 faceplate ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-42

6-42
6-9
Replace bCEM in MBI cabinet
6-10
bCEM faceplate
6-11
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet
6-12
Replace eAM .......................................................................................................................................................... 6-108

6-108
9-1
bCEM faceplate .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-3

9-3
9-2
Dual-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs
11-1
bCEM faceplate
11-2
Dual-carrier, single-band 9926 BBU
11-3
RRH cabling for dual-carrier, single-band configuration
12-1
bCEM faceplate
12-2
Multi-carrier, multi-band 9926 BBU
13-1
2T2R, Normal Transmit Mode configuration
13-2
2T2R, Combined Transmit Mode configuration
......................................................................................... 13-3
13-3
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode CPRI cabling
........................................................................................ 13-10
13-4
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode RF cabling
13-5
RF feedthru connectors ....................................................................................................................................... 13-14
D-1
eCCM-U LED matrix
D-2
eCCM2 LED Matrix ................................................................................................................................................ D-5

D-5
D-3
eCCM2 CMA 3 and 4
D-4
eCCM2 CMA 2
.................................................................................................................................................. 6-18
6-18
.................................................................................................................................................. 6-42
6-42
.......................................................................................................................... 6-76
....................................................................................................................................................... 6-76
6-76
............................................................................................. 6-87
........................................................................................................... 9-3
....................................................................................................................................................... 11-2
11-2
............................................................................................................... 11-3
...................................................................... 11-20
....................................................................................................................................................... 12-2
12-2
............................................................................................................... 12-3
............................................................................................... 13-2
............................................................................................. 13-12
............................................................................................................................................. D-2
D-2
............................................................................................................................................. D-6
......................................................................................................................................................... D-7
D-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xiv
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-5
eCCM2 CMA 1
......................................................................................................................................................... D-7
D-7
D-6
eCCM2 SYNC 4
....................................................................................................................................................... D-8
D-8
D-7
eCCM2 SYNC 3
....................................................................................................................................................... D-8
D-8
D-8
eCCM2 SYNC 2
....................................................................................................................................................... D-9
D-9
D-9
eCCM2 SYNC 1
....................................................................................................................................................... D-9
D-9
D-10
eCCM2 LNK 1, 2, 3, and 4
................................................................................................................................ D-10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xv
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xvi
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of procedures
2

2-1
Inspect/clean 9926 BBU Sub-Rack air intake ................................................................................................. 2-3
2-2
Inspect/clean RUC/Fan Tray fans ........................................................................................................................ 2-7
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB

4-1
Replace RUC/Fan Tray
4-2
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
4-3
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM
4-4
Replace bCEM
4-5
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet ................................................................. 4-85
4-6
Replace SFP transceivers
........................................................................................................................................... 4-3
4-3
..................................................................................................... 4-16
.......................................................................................... 4-40
......................................................................................................................................................... 4-75
4-75
................................................................................................................................... 4-104
Corrective maintenance procedures for rack-mounted 9926 BBU

5-1
Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
...................................................................................................... 5-3
5-2
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
..................................................................................................... 5-16
5-3
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM ............................................................... 5-40
5-4
Replace bCEM
5-5
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU ....................................................................................... 5-85
5-6
Replace eAM .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-105

5-105
......................................................................................................................................................... 5-74
5-74
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet

6-1
Replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet
6-2
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet
6-3
Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
............................................................................................................ 6-3
................................................... 6-16
.......................................................... 6-40
6-4
Replace bCEM in MBI cabinet .......................................................................................................................... 6-75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xvii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-5
Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet
............................................................................................. 6-86
6-6
Replace eAM .......................................................................................................................................................... 6-107

6-107
Part II: 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures

7

7-1
Install a new bCEM
7-2
Remove existing bCEM
10
12
13
......................................................................................................................................... 8-3
9-1
Configure 9926 BBU hardware ............................................................................................................................ 9-9
9-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems
........................................................ 9-12
Reconfiguring cells
Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs
....................................................................................................................... 10-1

11-1
Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation
11-2
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation
................................................................... 11-9
....................................................................................... 11-12
Configure 9926 BBU for Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band Operation (Commercial Carrier

Aggregation (CA))
12-1
Upgrade 9926 BBU for multi-carrier, multi-band operation ................................................................... 12-9
12-2
Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation
..................................................................................... 12-13
13-1
10-1
11
.......................................................................................................................................... 7-4
7-4

8-1
.................................................................................................................................................. 7-2
7-2
............................................................................................................................................................................ 13-213-2
13-2

E-1
Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U
E-2
Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
...................................................................................... E-4
............................................................................ E-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xviii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-3
Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC ........................................................................................ E-6
E-4
Download release notes
E-5
Update to current LTE RAN load on system ................................................................................................ E-10
.......................................................................................................................................... E-9
E-9

F-1
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM
F-2
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work order
..................................................... F-13
F-3
Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot file
.................................................... F-18
F-4
Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
F-5
Set OAM Routing
............................................................................. F-7
............................................................. F-23
................................................................................................................................................... F-27
F-27

G-1
Change CCM static MAC address
..................................................................................................................... G-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xix
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xx
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

About this document
Purpose
This document describes the preventive and corrective maintenance process and
procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit (Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU) in
both distributed (remote radio heads (RRH)) and non-distributed
(Transmit/Receive/Duplexer Units (TRDUs)) BTS deployments.
Important
Note: This guide is written to function with the EMS, Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service
Aware Manager (SAM) 11.0 and later.
What's new
The major changes introduced in this issue of the document are described in the following
paragraphs. Changes introduced in prior issues/releases of the document are shown in
Appendix A, Document issue history.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxi
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Document changes from the previous issue
The document changes for 9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L, Issue 2, are shown in the
following table.
Table 1
Location
Revision
Procedure 4-2.3: Install new CCM

using NEM (p. 4-31)
Removed Step 7, SNMP password reset is not

supported in this release.

using NEM (p. 5-31)
using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet
(p. 6-31)
using 5620 SAM (p. 4-59)
using 5620 SAM (p. 5-58)
using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
(p. 6-59)
Procedure 4-2.4: Restore CCM using
NEM (p. 4-34)
NEM (p. 5-34)
eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet
(p. 6-34)

NEM (p. 4-34)
NEM (p. 5-34)
(p. 6-34)
Updated Step 2, with following:

Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will lose
communication with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot.
This may happen after the activate operation. If this
occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the
activate operation. The In progress symbol on NEM
will continue being displayed, long after the activate
itself should have completed. If this occurs, restart the
NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up
NEM again on the eNodeB. NEM should indicate that
the eNodeB is in the activate state. Follow the NEM
prompts to accept the new load.
Updated Step 3, with following:
Note: Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will
lose communication with an eNodeB after an eNodeB
boot. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return
from the database restoration. The In progress
symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long
after the restoration itself should have completed. If
this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes
initialization, bring up NEM again on the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1
Location
Revision

using 5620 SAM (p. 4-59)
Updated Step 8, with the following:

using 5620 SAM (p. 5-58)
(continued)
Observe the following conditions occurring with

factory loaded CCMs:
If the factory load flashed on the CCM is older

than LR13.1, then the OAM link status parameter
in SAM always displays as DOWN becasue there is
no OAM Link Status and no table in the eNodeB
for SAM to read to mark the OAM Link Status as
UP. As a consequence, this parameter status has to
be ignored and the installation has to be continued.
If the factory load flashed on the CCM is at least

LR13.1 or newer, the OAM link status parameter
from SAM has to be taken into account.

(p. 6-59)
Intended audience
This document is intended for personnel that perform preventive and corrective
maintenance on the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Hardware maintenance for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU requires a series of coordinated
tasks between on-site (field) technicians and OMC network operators to resolve hardware
issues with minimal impact to network traffic and service availability. Both on-site
technicians and network operators must have access to this guide during the replacement
procedures.
Supported systems
This document supports the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit in distributed and
non-distributed deployments in the following configurations.
LTE configurations
The Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is deployed in one of the following LTE configurations:
Standard 19/23-inch equipment rack (standalone rack mounted)

Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Indoor cabinet
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Rack-mounted cabinet (similar to Indoor
cabinet, but mounts in 19/23-inch equipment rack)
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor BB cabinet (with single
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxiii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor BB cabinet (with dual Alcatel-Lucent

9926 BBU)
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor BB cabinet (with single
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU) with secondary heater
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor BB cabinet (with dual Alcatel-Lucent
9926 BBU) with secondary heater
Evolium cabinet
Transceivers (TRDU/RRH)
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Customer Documentation

Overview, 9YZ-05817-0002-ACZZA, for available TRDU and RRH maintenance guides
as well as technical descriptions, installation manuals, and site preparation guidelines.
Sub-racks
The Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is deployed with one of the following sub-racks:
BBU V2 (d2UV5) -48 V/+24 V eCCM-U/eCCM2, bCEM, and/or -48 V/+24 V

RUC/HC Fan Tray (High-Capacity (HC) Fans) for future enhancements.
RUC/Fan Trays
The Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU is deployed with one of the following RUC/Fan Trays:
-48 V/+24 V RUC/Fan Tray, with/without power switch (mounts in BBU V1 or BBU
V2)
-48 V/+24 V RUC/HC Fan Tray (High-Capacity (HC) Fans), with/without power
switch, for current configurations or for future enhancements (mounts in BBU V1 or
BBU V2)
Unless otherwise indicated RUC/Fan Tray refers to both versions of the RUC/Fan
Trays.
Multi-band configurations
The Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU supports the following multi-band configurations:
GSM with the following:

1800 MHz MC-TRX MSR (LTE/GSM)
CDMA with the following:

LTE PCS Band R-OCM (3GPP Band Class 2)
LTE AWS Band R-OCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxiv
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This document describes the preventive and corrective maintenance procedures for the
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU as follows:
Table 2
Document organization
When to use
Describes preventive and replacement

procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base
Band Unit.
Chapter 1, LTE Product Safety
Describes precautions to be followed when

working on the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Chapter 2, 9926 BBU Preventive

Maintenance
Describes preventive maintenance procedures

for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit.
Chapter 3, Corrective maintenance process
Describes the corrective maintenance process,

and safety, tools, and torque requirements for
the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Chapter 4, Corrective maintenance

procedures for 9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB
Describes the replacement procedures

applicable to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU
installed in the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB.

procedures for rack-mounted 9926 BBU
Describes the replacement procedures

applicable to the rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent
9926 BBU.

procedures for 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet
Describes how to replace failing/failed

components applicable to the Alcatel-Lucent
9926 BBU in a MBI cabinet
Part II: 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration

Procedures
Describes upgrades and/or reconfiguration

procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base
Band Unit
Appendix A, Document issue history
Provides reference material and reissue history

of this guide.
Appendix B, Product conformance

statements
Describes the product conformance statements

that apply to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU
cabinet.
Appendix C, Abbreviations
List acronyms and abbreviations used in this

guide.
Appendix D, LED status
Describes the functional status of the CCM

(eCCM-U/eCCM2), bCEM, and TRDU LEDs.
The functional status of the RRHs can be
found in the appropriate RRH maintenance
guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxv
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2
(continued)
Document organization
When to use
Appendix E, Update 9926 BBU software

loads
Describes how to bring a previous

Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB software load up
to the current LTE RAN loads on the system.
Appendix F, Recommission 9926 BBU
Describes how to recommission the

Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU after replacing a
failed eCCM-U.
Appendix G, Change CCM static MAC

address in 7750 SR
Describes how to update the eCCM static

MAC address in Alcatel-Lucent 7750 router
when the eCCM is replaced in the
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Safety information
For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at
points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to
follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences.
Conventions used
The following conventions are used in this document:

Naming conventions
The full product name, Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit, is also referred to in one of
the following formats throughout this manual:

9926 BBU
The full product name, Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact, is also referred to in one of
the following formats throughout this manual:
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB

9412 eNodeB
The full product name, Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM), is also
referred to in one of the following formats throughout this manual:
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM
5620 SAM
Related information
The following documents are referenced in this document or include additional

information relevant to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxvi
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE documents
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Customer Documentation

Overview, 9YZ-05817-0002-ACZZA, for the purpose of each LTE RAN document listed.
Service personnel should have access to the following Alcatel-Lucent documents:
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Terminology Overview,

9YZ-05817-0003-TQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Alarms and Events
Reference Guide, 9YZ-05817-0018-RKZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, 9YZ-05817-0026-PCZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station (DBS) LTE Base Band Unit (BBU)
Technical Description, 9YZ-05817-0020-DEZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact/eNodeB Compact Smart Technical
Description, 9YZ-05817-0022-DEZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact/eNodeB Compact Smart Hardware
Maintenance and Upgrade Guide, 9YZ-05817-0023-REZZA
Alcatel-Lucent LTE FDD Remote Radio Head (RRH) Maintenance Guide,
9YZ-05817-0025-REZZA
Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release
Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA
Alcatel-Lucent CDMA and Dual Technology Base Stations Operations,
Administration and Maintenance, 401-703-407 (for Reverse OneBTS CPRI Module
(R-OCM) replacement procedure)
Other documents
The following other documents are recommended.
Standard for Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, NFPA 780

Recommended Practices on Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits, IEEE
C62.41 (Latest Edition)
Generic Requirements for Electronic Equipment Cabinets, Telcordia, GR-487-CORE
The following table describes the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM documents that may be
referenced in this manual.
Table 3
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
SAM LTE documents
Description
5620 SAM LTE Release

Description
Provides information about the LTE features associated with the

release.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxvii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3
(continued)
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
SAM LTE documents
Description
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
Service Aware Manager
LTE ePC User Guide
Describes how to discover, configure, and manage LTE ePC devices

using the 5620 SAM. The guide is intended for LTE ePC network
planners, administrators, and operators and is to be used in
conjunction with other guides in the 5620 SAM documentation suite
where management of ePC devices does not differ from other
network elements.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that you review the entire 5620 SAM
LTE ePC User Guide before you attempt to use the 5620 SAM in
your LTE network.
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
LTE RAN User Guide
Describes how to discover, configure, and manage the Evolved

NodeB, or eNodeB, using the 5620 SAM. The guide is intended for
LTE RAN network planners, administrators, and operators and is to
be used in conjunction with other guides in the 5620 SAM
documentation suite where management of RAN devices does not
differ from other network elements.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that you review the entire 5620 SAM
LTE RAN User Guide before you attempt to use the 5620 SAM in
your LTE network.
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
LTE Parameter
Reference
Provides a list of all LTE ePC and LTE RAN parameters supported in
the 5620 SAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
LTE OSS Interface
Developer Guide
Provides information about developing LTE OSS applications,

including information about the 3GPP OSS interface components and
architecture, understanding the 5620 SAM-O schema in the context
of LTE, compliance with 3GPP standards, and typical operational
scenarios.
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
SAM documents
Description
5620 SAM Release

Description
Provides information about the new features associated with a 5620

SAM software release.
5620 SAM Release

Notice
Provides important information about the software release, including

outstanding issues and restrictions. This document is not shipped
with the on-product customer documentation and must be obtained
from OLCS as described in Documentation and resources on the
web.
5620 SAM Planning

Guide
Provides information about 5620 SAM scalability and recommended

hardware configurations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxviii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3
(continued)
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
SAM LTE documents
Description
5620 SAM System

Architecture Guide
Intended for technology officers, network planners, and system

administrators to increase their knowledge of the 5620 SAM software
structure and components. It describes the system structure, software
components, and interfaces of the 5620 SAM. In addition, 5620 SAM
fault tolerance, security, and network management capabilities are
discussed from an architectural perspective.
5620 SAM | 5650

CPAM Installation and
Upgrade Guide
Provides OS considerations, configuration information, and

procedures for the following:
5620 SAM User Guide
installing, upgrading, and uninstalling 5620 SAM and 5650

CPAM software in standalone and redundant deployments
5620 SAM system migration to a different system
conversion from a standalone to a redundant 5620 SAM system
Provides information about using the 5620 SAM to manage the

service-aware IP/MPLS network, including GUI basics, service
configuration, and policy management.
The 5620 SAM User Guide uses a task-based format that employs
both high-level workflows and detailed procedures.
5620 SAM management information specific to LTE network
elements is covered in the 5620 SAM LTE ePC User Guide and 5620
SAM LTE RAN User Guide.
5620 SAM management information specific to 1830 PSS network
elements is covered in the 5620 SAM Optical User Guide.
5620 SAM System

Administrator Guide
Provides information about the tasks performed by a user with a 5620

SAM admin role, including:
5620 SAM security management tasks such as setting up all

required user accounts and user groups
advanced configuration tasks such as configuring, maintaining,

and administering the 5620 SAM operational environment
routine maintenance tasks to maintain the 5620 SAM hardware

and system integrity and efficiencies
5620 SAM Integration

Guide
Provides procedures to allow the 5620 SAM to integrate with other

Alcatel-Lucent products and third-party products.
5620 SAM Supervision

Module User Guide
Provides information about how to configure and use the web-based

5620 SAM Supervision Module for fault management and
at-a-glance network element monitoring.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxix
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3
(continued)
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
SAM LTE documents
Description
5620 SAM Scripts and

Templates Developer
Guide
Provides information that allows users to develop, manage, and run

CLI-based or XML-based scripts or templates.
5620 SAM Parameter

Guide
The guide is intended for developers, skilled administrators, and

operators who are expected to be familiar with the following:
CLI scripting, XML, and the Velocity engine
basic scripting or programming
5620 SAM functions
Provides:
parameter descriptions that include value ranges and default

values
parameter options and option descriptions
parameter and option dependencies
parameter mappings to the 5620 SAM-O XML equivalent

property names
Parameters specific to LTE network elements are covered in the 5620

SAM LTE Parameter Reference.
Parameters specific to 1830 PSS network elements are covered in the
5620 SAM Optical Parameter Reference.
The 5620 SAM online help system includes a Parameter Search Tool
that allows you to look up parameters or 5620 SAM and 5650 CPAM
forms. See the 5620 SAM User Guide for more information about
using the Parameter Search Tool.
5620 SAM Statistics
Management Guide
Provides information about how to configure performance and

accounting statistics collection and how to view counters using the
5620 SAM. Network examples are included.
5620 SAM
Troubleshooting Guide
Provides task-based procedures and user documentation to:
help resolve issues in the managed and management networks
identify the root cause and plan corrective action for:

alarm conditions on a network object or customer service
problems on customer services with no associated alarms
list problem scenarios, possible solutions, and tools to help

check:
network management LANs
network management platforms and operating systems
5620 SAM client GUIs and client OSS applications
5620 SAM servers
5620 SAM databases
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxx
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3
(continued)
Alcatel-Lucent 5620
SAM LTE documents
Description
5620 SAM Alarm

Reference
Provides a description of all alarms supported on the 5620 SAM,

including LTE and optical alarms, the raising and clearing conditions
of each alarm, and the remedial action to fix the problem. The
reference is organized by network element type.
5620 SAM Glossary
Defines terms and acronyms used in all of the 5620 SAM

documentation, including 5620 SAM LTE documentation.
5620 SAM Network

Element Compatibility
Guide
Provides release-specific information about the compatibility of

managed devices in 5620 SAM releases. This document is updated
regularly; always consult the latest version on OLCS as described in
Documentation and resources on the web.
Document support
For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document, contact Alcatel-Lucent at
the following telephone numbers.
From United States
If you are using a landline, a cellular phone or VoIP, dial this number: 1-888-582-3688
From other countries
If you are using a cellular phone or VoIP, dial this number: +1-630-224-2485
If you are using a landline (phone without a plus [+] character), replace the plus sign
with your country's exit code. Dial this number: Exit code for the country of origin:
1-630-224-2485. See the country-specific exit codes listed here.
These numbers apply for document support only. Please see the section Technical
support for details about product hardware, software, and technical support.
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
How to order
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents, contact your local sales representative or use Online
Customer Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxi
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatellucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxii
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Overview
Purpose
This part describes preventive and corrective replacement procedures for the
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit in the following configurations:
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Indoor

Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor BB
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Rack-Mount

Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit in an MBI cabinet
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit rack-mounted (19/23 inch equipment rack)
Contents
Chapter 1, LTE Product Safety
1-1
Chapter 2, 9926 BBU Preventive Maintenance
2-1
Chapter 3, Corrective maintenance process
3-1
Chapter 4, Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB
4-1
Chapter 5, Corrective maintenance procedures for rack-mounted 9926 BBU
5-1
Chapter 6, Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet
6-1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
9926 BBU Maintenance
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety

1
Overview
Purpose
This chapter presents the safety precautions that apply to the product. In regions such as
North America and the European Union, the statements that are required are determined
primarily by national or multi-national regulations. However, in some regions, contract
terms determine which statements are required. The presence of the statement indicates
that the product does comply with that statement wherever it is required to do so.
Contents
1-1
1-3
Specific safety hazards
1-5

Overview
This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document.
General structure
Safety statements include the following structural elements:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 1-1 Structure of safety statements
E
L
P
M
CAUTION
Lifting hazard
SA
Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injury

due to the size and weight of the equipment.
Always use three people or a lifting device to transport

and position this equipment.
[ABC123]
Item
Structure element
Purpose
Safety alert symbol
Indicates the potential for personal injury

(optional)
Safety symbol
Indicates hazard type (optional)
Signal word
Indicates the severity of the hazard
Hazard type
Describes the source of the risk of damage or

injury
Safety message
Consequences if protective measures fail
Avoidance message
Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
Identifier
The reference ID of the safety statement

(optional)
Signal words
The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows:

Table 1-1
Signal words for hazard severity
Signal word
Meaning
DANGER
Indicates an extremely hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will

result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

minor or moderate injury.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-1
Signal words for hazard severity
(continued)
Signal word
Meaning
NOTICE
Indicates a hazardous situation not related to personal injury.
Within this document, the safety label typically includes additional information such as
the hazard type, a description of the damage that can be caused, and the steps that should
be taken to avoid the hazard.

Overview
The following general precautions must be observed for installation procedures.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING
Personal injury
Failure to observe these safety precautions may result in personal injury or damage to
equipment.
To avoid personal injury or damage to equipment, observe the following instructions:
Read and understand all instructions.

Follow all warnings and instructions marked on this product.
Installation and maintenance procedures must be followed and performed by trained

personnel only.
The equipment must be provided with a readily accessible disconnect device as part of
site preparation.
The equipment is intended for installation in restricted access locations where access
is controlled or where access can only be gained by service personnel with a key or
tool. Access to this equipment is restricted to qualified service personnel only.
Grounding and circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the equipment. Never
operate the equipment with grounding/bonding conductor disconnected.
Install only equipment identified in the product's installation manual. Use of other
equipment may result in an improper connection which could lead to fire or injury.
Use caution when installing or modifying telecommunications lines.
The product has multiple power inputs. Before servicing, Disconnect all inputs to
reduce the risk of energy hazards.
For continued protection against risk of fire, all fuses used in this product must be
replaced only with fuses of the same type and rating.
Never install telecommunications wiring during a lightning storm.
Never install telecommunications connections in wet locations.
Never touch uninsulated telecommunications wiring or terminals unless the
telecommunications line has been disconnected at the interface.
Never push objects of any kind into the product through slots, as they may touch
dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a fire or an electrical
short.
Never spill liquids of any kind on the product.
Slots and openings in the product are provided for ventilation. To protect it from
overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered. The product should not
be placed in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided.
To reduce the risk of an electrical shock, do not disassemble the product. Opening and
removing covers and/or circuit boards may expose you to dangerous voltages or other
risks. Incorrect reassembly can cause electrical shock when the unit is subsequently
used.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
This topic reviews specific hazards for installation and/or maintenance.
DANGER
Lightning Strikes!
Lightning strikes are possible during stormy weather, and could result in death or severe
injury.
Do not work on the installation itself or on the power supply lines or antenna feeders of a
cell site during stormy weather.
WARNING
Energy Hazard!
Some parts of all electrical installations are energized. Failure to observe this fact and
the safety warnings may lead to bodily injury and property damage.
For this reason, only trained and qualified personnel (electrical workers as defined in
IEC 215 + A1 or EN 60215) may install or service the installation.
WARNING
Energy Hazard!
The power supply lines to the network element are energized. Short circuits can cause
burns to the face and hands.
Open the load disconnect switch in the distribution box to completely de-energize the
network element.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING
Beryllium Oxide Poisoning Hazard!
The transmitter units include components which contain beryllium oxide (BeO). In this
form, BeO ceramics do not constitute a hazardous material as long as this material is not
destroyed by external mechanical forces.
In the event that repair work is carried out by the customer or by third parties, the
following regulations must be observed:
Applicable version of the Regulation on Hazardous Materials in the Workplace

Appropriate accident prevention regulations.
The following must be specifically observed:
Do not eat, drink, or smoke in areas where work is taking place on BeO ceramic
components.
Wash your hands carefully under running water after working with BeO ceramic
components.
If the following symptoms occur, contact a physician:
Irritation of the respiratory organs
Difficulty breathing or skin irritation.
WARNING
Laser hazard
This equipment operates with invisible laser radiation. Laser radiation can cause
considerable injuries to the eyes.
Never look into the end of an exposed fiber or into an open optical connector when the
optical source is switched on. Always observe the laser warning instructions.
WARNING
Laser hazard
The light from laser and high-radiance LED's may cause eye damage if absorbed by the
retina.
In the US consult ANSI Z136.2, in Europe consult IEC-60825 Safety of laser products, for
guidance on the safe use of optical fiber communication systems in the workplace.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Condensation may cause a short circuit!
Sudden changes in the weather may lead to the formation of condensation on
components. Operating the unit when condensation moisture is present can destroy the
unit.
Units which show signs of condensation must be dried before installation.
NOTICE
Electrostatically Sensitive Components!
Semiconductor elements can be damaged by static discharges.
The following rules must be complied with when handling any module containing
semiconductor components:
Wear conductive or antistatic work clothes (for example, a coat made of 100%
cotton).
Wear grounded ESD wrist strap.

Wear shoes with conductive soles.
Leave the modules in their original packaging until ready for use.
Make sure there is no difference in potential between yourself, the workplace, and the
package before removing, unpacking, or packing a module.
Hold the module only by the grip without touching the connection pins, tracks, or
components.
Place modules removed from the equipment on a conductive surface.
Test or handle the module only with grounded tools on grounded equipment.
Handle defective modules exactly like new ones to avoid causing further damage.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE Product Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Grounding caution!
This equipment has a connection between the grounding conductor of the DC supply
circuit and the grounding conductor.
This equipment shall be connected directly to the DC supply system grounding electrode
conductor or to a bonding jumper from a grounding terminal bar or bus to which the DC
supply system grounding electrode conductor is connected.
This equipment shall be located in the same immediate area (such as, adjacent cabinets)
as any other equipment that has a connection between the grounded conductor of the
same DC supply circuit and the grounding conductor, and also the point of grounding of
the DC system. The DC system shall not be grounded elsewhere.
The DC supply source is to be located within the same premises as the equipment.
There shall be no switching or disconnecting devices in the grounded circuit conductor
between the DC source and the point of connection of the grounding electrode conductor.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
2926 BBU Preventive

9
Maintenance
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU preventive maintenance

requirements, schedule, and procedures.
Contents
2-1
9926 BBU preventive maintenance schedule
2-2
2-3
2-7

Component requirements
The following table lists the preventive maintenance requirements for the 9926 BBU
components.
Table 2-1
Component
PM requirement
9926 BBU Sub-Rack air intake
Yes
RUC/Fan Tray fans
Yes
enhanced Core Controller Module (eCCM-U)
No
enhanced Core Controller Module-2 (eCCM2)
No
broadband Channel Element Module (bCEM)
No
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Component schedule
The following table lists the preventive maintenance schedule for the 9926 BBU
components. Preventive maintenance must be done during scheduled maintenance cycles.
Table 2-2
Procedure
Interval
Maintenance
duration (approx.)
Tools required
Procedure 2-1:
Inspect/clean 9926
BBU Sub-Rack air
intake (p. 2-3)
Every 6 months or
alarm occurs
30 minutes
Flashlight, inspection
mirror, lint-free
cleaning cloth,
soft-bristle brush,
screwdriver, shop
vacuum
Procedure 2-2:
Inspect/clean
RUC/Fan Tray fans
(p. 2-7)
Every 6 months or
alarm occurs
20-40 minutes
Flashlight, inspection
mirror, lint-free
cleaning cloth,
soft-bristle brush,
screwdriver, shop
vacuum
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
The following procedure is used to inspect and clean the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack air intake.
This must be done during normal maintenance cycles or low traffic periods.
Intervention time
30 minutes
Tools required
Cleaning cloth
Soft-bristle brush
Vacuum cleaner
Inspection mirror
Flashlight
Screwdriver
Key for door, if required
Steps
Perform the following procedure to inspect and clean the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack air intake.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, open cabinet door.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the inspection mirror and flashlight to inspect the sub-rack intake for dust and dirt.
If the sub-rack intake is clean, procedure is completed. Update maintenance log and if
necessary close the cabinet door.
If the sub-rack intake is dirty, continue with the following step.
Attention: To clean the air intake, the 9926 BBU must be shutdown and turned back
on as described in the following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, open cabinet and connect the NEM PC to the eCCM PORT1 with a RJ45
NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and login as follows:
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software)

Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, eCCM IP address)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
User Name: initial_nem

Password: Vq,A=V8o;#
Result: NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB):

1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane).
2. Click + next to HW Modules (left pane).
3. Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu.
4. When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If
this action affects traffic, the following warning is displayed:
Warning: This operation may lead to Telecom outage. Do you want to continue?
Click Yes or Yes, don't ask again to Lock NE, or click No to cancel Lock.
5. When complete, go to following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: Power must be turned OFF as described before continuing with this
procedure! If power is not removed, the procedure will not work properly.
Turn power OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
With a power switch:

1. Turn power OFF at RUC/Fan Tray (press O).
2. Turn power OFF at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clean the sub-rack intake with the cleaning cloth, vacuum, or small brush. When
completed, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service
(unlock network element).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Turn power ON at the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
1. Turn power ON at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.

2. Turn power ON at the RUC/Fan Tray with power switch (press 1).
Without a power switch, turn power ON at the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for alarms with NEM and LED status on the CCM and bCEMs. If ok, go to the
next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Note: Unlocking a network element (eNodeB NE) enables radio resources.

Unlock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE (9412 eNodeB):
1. Open an ENBEquipment properties form and configure the contained parameters.
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section,
ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open the
Network Element properties form of an eNodeB for details.
2. Unlock eNodeB NE.
Refer to Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Locking and unlocking eNodeB
NEs and objects, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB NE
3. When complete, continue with the following step.
Note: If necessary, Cell Configuration must be unlocked from SAM.
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB NE
(9412 eNodeB):
3. Right-click eNB (right pane) and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu.
The NE is unlocked.
4. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock
Module in contextual menu to unlock them:
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (CEM)
CB (CCM)
RET
D2U (RUC)
5. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked
and unlock them.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When operational, exit NEM, disconnect the NEM PC from BBU, or close NEM at
OMC, and close and lock door to cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
When completed, update maintenance log, and if necessary close the cabinet door.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
The following procedure is used to inspect and clean the RUC/Fan Tray fans. This must
be done during normal maintenance cycles or low traffic periods.
Intervention time
30 minutes
Tools required
Cleaning cloth
Soft-bristle brush
Vacuum cleaner
Inspection mirror
Flashlight
Screwdriver
Steps
Perform the following procedure to inspect and clean the RUC/Fan Tray fans.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, open cabinet door.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the inspection mirror and flashlight to inspect the fans through the sub-rack air intake
for dust and dirt.
If the fans are clean, procedure is completed. Update maintenance log and if
necessary close the cabinet door.
If the fans are dirty, continue with the following step.

Attention: To clean the fans, the 9926 BBU must be shutdown and turned back on as
described in the following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the power cable from the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:

1. Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs.
2. Remove the nuts and washers.
3. Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside.
4. When completed, go to the next step.
Refer to Figure 4-3, RUC/Fan Tray connections (p. 4-5) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC
RUC/Fan Tray power connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the ground wire from the GND lug between the power terminals.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAMi/o) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from
eCCM-U).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press down on the locking tab on the RUC/Fan Tray and pull on the pull ring to remove
the RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Clean the sub-rack intake with the cleaning cloth, vacuum, or small brush. When
completed, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Slide RUC/Fan Tray into the RUC/Fan Tray slot until the latching tab locks into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Connect the ground wire to the GND lug between the power terminals with washer and
nut. Torque 7 mm nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) or 8 mm nut to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb). Do not
over-torque the nut.
Refer to Figure 4-3, RUC/Fan Tray connections (p. 4-5) and Table 4-2, RUC/Fan Tray
terminal lug specifications (p. 4-5) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power
connections.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
WARNING
Electric-shock hazard
Reversing polarity-sensitive direct-current power cables when terminating them can
damage/destory sensitive components.
Verify direct-current power cables are terminated properly, positive (+) to positive (+)
and negative () to negative ().
Connect the power cable to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lugs, positive-to-positive (+) and
negative-to-negative ().
2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque 7 mm nut to 1.1
N-m (10 in-lb) or 8 mm nut to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb). Do not over-torque the nut.
3. Push the protective boot back over the terminal lugs.
connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAMi/o) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from
eCCM-U). Refer to Figure 4-3, RUC/Fan Tray connections (p. 4-5) for connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Check for alarms with NEM and LED status on the CCM and bCEMs. If ok, go to the
next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18

(9412 eNodeB):
The NE is unlocked.
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (CEM)
CB (CCM)
RET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D2U (RUC)
and unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20
When completed, update maintenance log, and if necessary close the cabinet door.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
3 orrective maintenance
C
process
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the corrective maintenance process, and safety, tools, and torque
requirements for the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact or Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Contents
3-1
Safety requirements
3-5
Required tools
3-5
3-7
Overview
The replacement/repair process follows the identification of a failed Field Replaceable

Unit (FRU). Depending on the FRU, the process may require a simple swap of the unit, or
it may require resetting and/or re-calibrating cell operating parameters.
Replacement process
The process for replacing a failed FRU is as follows:

1. Verify that the FRU is out-of-service.
2. If required, change cell configuration.
3. Replace FRU. Service technicians use this document to replace the failed
components.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4. Return FRU back to service.

5. Test, and if necessary, configure or calibrate FRU.
Hot swap FRUs
FRUs have the capability of being inserted or removed while power is applied. That is,
the circuit breaker for the cell or FRU can be left on while replacing the FRU.
One pin (or two, depending on FRU) on each backplane connector is designed for last
contact (ground is first contact) on the FRU. These pins are connected to an on-board hot
swap controller which senses the presence of applied power and ramps up the on-board
voltages to their required levels, preventing any potential damage to FRUs during an
insertion or extraction when power is applied.
The following table shows whether a cabinet needs to be powered down during
replacement of the various modules.
Table 3-1
Hot-swapped components
Component
Hot swapped (Yes/No)
No 1
No 1
Yes
RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray
No
enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) 2
Yes
9926 BBU Sub-Rack
No
Notes:
1.
eCCM can be hot swapped, but is not recommended.
2.
Provides user and frame alarm services for both rack-mount and cabinet configurations.
The following table lists the current Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU configurations for
LR13.3.L.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-2
CCM 1

CEM 2
BBU Sub-rack (RBP) 3
RUC/Fan Tray (Fan rack) 4
Cfg. Name
SLI
Name
SLI
Name
SLI
Name
SLI
Release
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
676AC
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LA6.0.0
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CA
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
676AC
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LA6.0.0
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CA
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
676AC
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LA6.0.0
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
676AC
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LA6.0.0
28
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
676AC
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V)
3JR37
517AC
LA6.0.0
29
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LA6.0.0
30
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LA6.0.0
31
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V)
3JR37
517AC
LA6.0.0
32
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CA
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LA6.0.0
33
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CA
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LA6.0.0
34
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LR13.1
35
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CA
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LR13.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-2
CCM 1

CEM 2
(continued)
BBU Sub-rack (RBP) 3
RUC/Fan Tray (Fan rack) 4
Cfg. Name
SLI
Name
SLI
Name
SLI
Name
SLI
Release
36
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LR13.1
37
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LR13.1
38
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V/no
sw)
3JR37
517AD
LR13.1
39
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LR13.1
40
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CB
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LR13.1
41
eCCM-U_
(enhanc
synch)_GE
3JR20
073CA
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LR13.1
45
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V)
3JR37
517AC
LR13.1
46
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V)
3JR37
517AC
LR13.1
47
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
3xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(-48V)
3JR37
517AC
LR13.1
51
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
bCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LR13.1
52
eCCM2
3JR20
120AA
2xbCEM
(wide
range)
3BK28
961CA
BBU V2
3JR37
526AA
RUC/HC
Fan Tray
(+24V)
3JR37
517AA
LR13.1
Notes:
1.
eCCM-U = eCCM-U_(enhanc synch)_GE and eCCM-U (HC) = eCCM-U_(high CPRI rate)_GE, eCCM2 =
eCCM2
2.
bCEM = bCEM (wide range), bCEM(48) = bCEM (-48V) , and 2xbCEM = 2xbCEM P1.1
3.
BBU V2 = RBP V5 (d2Uv5)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4.
RUC/Fan Tray (+24) = Fan rack (+24V) and RUC/HS Fan Tray (-48) = High speed Fan rack (-48V),
RUC/HC Fan Tray(-48V) = High Capacity -48V fan rack, and RUC/HC Fan Tray(+24V) = High Capacity
+24V fan rack
5.
No power switch.
Safety requirements
General personnel safety instructions
The personnel must follow the safety instructions specific to the installed site:
Rules concerning the premises (see instructions posted on site or in the building)
Rules linked to general personnel safety instructions
The personnel working on the cabinet must be authorized to work according to security
standards.
Equipment safety instructions
Adhere to the following safety guidelines:
Follow Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protection procedures.

Use only recommended tools, especially when using a torque wrench.
Do not mishandle cables and connections.
Required tools
The following tools are required before indoor and/or outdoor corrective maintenance can
be performed on the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB or Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Table 3-3
Required tools
Item
Description
NEM PC (LMT), see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager
(NEM) User Guide, for hardware and software requirements
RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB
Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details.
Note: Only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected through the cable (Do not use
standard Ethernet cable during replacement procedures).
Flush-cut wire cutter
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Required tools
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 3-3
Required tools
(continued)
Item
Description
Screwdrivers:
1/4 in. flathead
#1 Phillips-head
#2 Phillips-head
Sockets for 1/4 in. drive torque wrench:
5 mm deep socket
7 mm deep socket
8 mm deep socket
9 mm deep socket
3/4 in. deep socket
1-1/4 in. deep socket or open-end wrench
6 in. driver extension for 1/4 in. drive
Calibrated 1/4 in. torque wrench/screwdriver, range: 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to
27 N-m (240 in-lb)
Secure Torx 1/4 in. drive bits
T-8
T-25
T-27
1/4 in. socket wrench
10
T-Handle (extractor for circuit packs)
11
7/16 in. Door Tool (unless keys are required)
12
ESD wrist strap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The following table lists torque requirements for mechanical connections on the
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB or Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Table 3-4
Fastener
Torque1
N-m (in-lb)
M6 machine thread fastener (nuts, hex head bolts, etc.)
2.8 (25)
2.8 (25)
M5 x 16 mm thread rolling screw
2.8 (25)
1.5 (14)
M3 screw
1.1 (10)
SMA coaxial connectors
1.1 (10)
N-type coaxial connectors
2.2 20()
Filter Nut
27 (240)
GPS Hatchplate connector nut
4.5 (40)
RUC/Fan Tray power terminal nuts
1.1 (10)
Antenna cable nut
27 (240)
Lifting detail (supplied with cabinet from cabinet

manufacturer)
122 (1080)
RUC Fan Tray
1.7 (10)
GPS connector nut
27 (240)
Notes:
1.
Torque tolerance is 10%. Torque values are common to minimize torque wrench
proliferation at assembly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
C
procedures for 9926 BBU
in 9412 eNodeB
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to replace failing/failed components applicable to the

Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU in the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Indoor and Outdoor
cabinets. Given the modularity of the base stations, repairs are essentially accomplished
through replacement of the faulty component, software upgrades, and/or provisioning.
Contents
9926 BBU replacement procedures in 9412 eNodeB
4-2
Procedure 4-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray
4-3
Procedure 4-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM
4-16
Procedure 4-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM
4-40
Procedure 4-4: Replace bCEM
4-75
Procedure 4-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet
4-85
Procedure 4-6: Replace SFP transceivers
4-104
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in 9412

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The following table lists the procedures that apply to replacing the Alcatel-Lucent 9926
Base Band Unit in the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB.
Table 4-1
BBU replacement procedures
Replace component
Procedure
RUC/Fan Tray
Procedure 4-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray (p. 4-3)
eCCM-U/eCCM2
Procedure 4-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM (p. 4-16)

(p. 4-40)
bCEM
Procedure 4-4: Replace bCEM (p. 4-75)
9926 BBU Sub-Rack
Procedure 4-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor BB

cabinet (p. 4-85)
SFP transceivers
Procedure 4-6: Replace SFP transceivers (p. 4-104)
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
The following figure illustrates the circuit packs that make up the Alcatel-Lucent 9926
Base Band Unit.
Figure 4-1 Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit front view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
To avoid possible deletion of the 9926 BBU database, when replacing a RUC/Fan Tray in
an LTE 9926 BBU, ONLY USE FACTORY NEW RUC/Fan Trays.
When replacing a +24V or -48V RUC/Fan Tray or performing the ECP CN CL2002CB
for the -48V RUC/Fan Tray replacement, never insert a RUC/Fan Tray into a different
eNodeB after its initial use. A new RUC/Fan Tray is programmed with factory default
values that are detected by the eCCM and then reprogrammed for the given site. If a
reprogrammed RUC/Fan Tray spare is removed and installed into another eNodeB, the
controller will remove the site database, rendering the eNodeB inoperable (thus factory
mode).
Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support with any questions.
This procedure describes how to replace the RUC/Fan Tray located in the Alcatel-Lucent
9926 BBU of a 9412 eNodeB.
Note: Unless otherwise indicated, RUC/Fan Tray refers to both the RUC/Fan Tray
and RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray (RUC/HC Fan Tray).
Important! The RUC/Fan Tray includes the network entity identifier (NE ID) for the
eNodeB. The NE ID is used to identify the 9412 eNodeB to the network and is used to
obtain the OAM IP address through an optional Dynamic Host Control Protocol
(DHCP) server or manually. If the DHCP server is activated, the eNodeB sends a
request to a DHCP server using an eNodeB unique identifier and the DHCP server
answers with the IP address that had been provisioned associated with this eNodeB
unique identifier. This IP address is used by the 9412 eNodeB for the OAM flow. If
the DHCP server feature is deactivated, a technician must enter the OAM IP address
at commissioning time on the 9412 eNodeB.
The RUC/Fan Tray is programmed at the factory with the relevant serialization
number (NodeB unique identifier). If the DHCP server is used, the serialization
number has been declared as the NE ID for the eNodeB. When replacing the
RUC/Fan Tray, the cabinet serialization number must be programmed into the new
RUC/Fan Tray so that there is no impact on the DHCP server. This is done
automatically.
Hot-swap FRU
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window (1-2 hour
duration).
Safety
NOTICE
ESD hazard
Electronic components can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (ESD).
Circuit packs must therefore always be kept in antistatic covers. Use the original
antistatic packaging if possible.
Always observe the general ESD safety instructions.
NOTICE
Service interruption
Notify OMC in case of service interruption or reduction.
Figures
The following figure shows the RUC/Fan Tray module.

Figure 4-2 RUC/Fan Tray module
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows the power, ground, control and alarm connections for +24/-48
VDC RUC/Fan Tray.
Figure 4-3 RUC/Fan Tray connections
Depending on RUC/Fan Tray version, the terminal lugs vary in thread size, nut size, and
torque as described in the following table.
Table 4-2
RUC/Fan Tray
SLI
Thread size
Nut size
Torque
BBU V1 +24
VDC
3JR08022AA
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
BBU V2 +24
VDC
3JR37517AA
BBU V1 -48
VDC
3JR08021AC
BBU V2 -48
VDC
3JR08021AC
(10 in-lb)
M5
8 mm
1.6 N-m
(14 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
Notes:
1.
Some +24 VDC RUC/Fan Trays come with copper terminal lugs. Take care not to
over-torque them.
Check RUC/Fan Tray status
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, State Management, to check the D2U operational state of the 9926
BBU. The RUC/Fan Tray is part of the D2U Managed Object.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The RUC/HC Fan Tray includes a status LED that indicates whether power is applied.
The RUC/Fan Tray does not include a status LED.
Required documentation
The following manuals must be available for this procedure:
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide
Guide
Technical support
For technical support, software upgrades, and documentation, go to the Online Customer
Support (OLCS) (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com) (login required). Phone numbers and
email contacts can be selected by country under Product Technical Support. Indicate you
are replacing the RUC/Fan Tray in a 9412 eNodeB.
Required tools
The following tools are required for this procedure:
NEM PC (LMT) with current NEM software installed

RJ45 NEM Test Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element
Manager (NEM) User Guide, for details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do
not use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable reboots)
7 mm and 8 mm sockets or nutdrivers
Socket wrench
Torque wrench (1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) to 1.6 N-m (14 in-lb))
No. 1 Phillips screwdriver
T-8 Torx screwdriver
ESD Strap
Replacement process
The RUC/Fan Tray and CCM include the eNodeB serial number and eNodeB OAM IP
address in non-volatile memory. The serial number and OAM IP address are used to
identify the eNodeB in the EMS. This redundancy allows either device to be replaced
without losing this information and maintaining communications with EMS.
The RUC/Fan Tray can be found in two basic versions, factory default RUC or
configured RUC. The factory default RUC includes a default serial number that the CCM
recognizes during the RUC replacement process and allows the CCM to reprogram the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
stored eNodeB serial number into the RUC. The configured RUC is not recognized
during the RUC replacement process by the CCM or EMS and cannot be reprogrammed
automatically. The eNodeB must then go through a complete reconfiguration.
During the replacement process, the RUC is checked. If the RUC is a factory default
RUC, the RUC serial number is automatically updated from the CCM and the eNodeB is
unlocked and operational. If the RUC is a configured RUC, the EMS receives appropriate
error messages requiring a complete reconfiguration.
Replacement procedure overview
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site technician to
replace the RUC/Fan Tray. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures
involved and where the given step takes place, either from OMC or on-site at 9412
eNodeB (eNB).
Table 4-3
Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray
Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
1. eNB: open door, connect and login to NEM
1. eNB: verify power off
2. OMC/eNB: check and clear alarms
2. eNB: insert new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
3. OMC/eNB: lock 9926 BBU
3. eNB: connect ground wire
4. eNB: turn power off at RUC/PDP
4. eNB: connect power cables
5. eNB: disconnect power cables
5. eNB: connect alarm/ commissioning cables
6. eNB: disconnect ground wire
6. eNB: notify OMC
7. eNB: disconnect alarm/ commissioning cables
7. eNB: turn power on (RUC, PDP, and/or equipment CB)
8. eNB: pull RUC/Fan Tray out
8. eNB/OMC: observe the following:
if factory default RUC and EMS recognizes eNodeB, go to

next step.
if configured RUC and EMS does not recognize eNodeB,

contact technical support.
9. eNB: package RUC/Fan Tray
9. OMC: unlock 9412 eNodeB
10. eNB: go to Install new RUC/Fan Tray
10. eNB/OMC: check/compare/ resolve alarms

11. eNB: logout NEM and disconnect NEM PC, close door
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the RUC/Fan Tray and restore
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray (p. 4-9)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray (p. 4-12)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed RUC/Fan Tray from the LTE 9926
BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, If necessary, open Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB and locate 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Before connecting the NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls (see
9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide).
From eNodeB, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable.
Open NEM and login as follows:
NEM Build (status only, indicates current release of this software, update if
necessary)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected
9412 eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right
panel.
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter,
Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is
checked again after installing the new circuit pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAMi/o) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from
eCCM-U).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
the RUC/Fan Tray.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to
appropriate repair facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When completed, perform the following procedure to install the new circuit pack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new factory default RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
procedure! If power was not removed, the procedure will not work properly.
Verify power is turned OFF at the RUC/Fan Tray power cables.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide new factory default RUC/Fan Tray into the RUC/Fan Tray slot until the latching tab
locks into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING
connections.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAMi/o) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from
eCCM-U).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe for one of the following:
If factory default RUC and EMS recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.
If configured RUC and EMS do not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

(9412 eNodeB):
The NE is unlocked.
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (CEM)
CB (CCM)
RET
D2U (RUC)
and unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Check for alarms and clear per local practice from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412
eNodeB (network element).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM
Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412
eNodeB. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in right
panel.
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide,
Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms have any significances to the
operational state of the eNodeB. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 in the Alcatel-Lucent
9926 BBU of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB indoor/outdoor BB cabinet using NEM.
Note: Unless otherwise indicated, CCM indicates the referenced information
applies to both the eCCM-U and eCCM2.
Hot-swap FRU
No
Attention: The CCM hardware is designed to be electronically hot-swappable.
However, the CCM replacement procedure will not work correctly if the CCM is hot
swapped.
This procedure is written requiring the eNodeB must be Locked and power turned
OFF before removing the CCM from the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
Intervention time
Perform replacement during low traffic period or maintenance window. If not done
previously, this procedure requires additional preparation time for collecting software
updates for the eNodeB and NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and Customer
Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or equivalent
transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and engineering
department.
Replacement duration for the CCM using NEM is indicated for the following
arrangements:
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare - 25 minutes (actual not provided)
From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare - 25 minutes (actual, 15 min)
From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade - 25 minutes (actual, 13 min 40 s)
From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback - 45 minutes (actual

not provided)
The durations are approximate and include full database backup, shutdown, CCM
replacement, power on, software download, activation, acceptance, and full database
restore.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION
Laser Class 1 hazards - laser emission
Laser emissions can damage the eyes.
Never look into the end of the fiber-optic cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
Apply an appropriate cover/cap over the cable or SFP transceiver to prevent eye damage.
NOTICE
Service lost during maintenance window.
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
Equipment damage hazard
FRUs/circuit packs can be damaged if field repairs are attempted.
FRUs/circuit packs are not field serviceable devices. Do not attempt to repair/replace
ANY FRU/circuit pack components outside of a qualified Alcatel-Lucent repair center.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the eCCM-U faceplate.

Figure 4-4 eCCM-U faceplate
The following figure shows the eCCM2 faceplate.

Figure 4-5 eCCM2 faceplate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM connector changes
The following table describes the differences/similarities between the eCCM-U and
eCCM2 connectors.
Table 4-4
Faceplate

GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
table
notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual
SMP
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
RJ45
(RS-232
+ 100bT)
RJ45
(GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN
1.0/2.3
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
Same as
eCCM-U
Same as
eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45
(GbE)
(3JR20
073DB)
eCCM2
P3
(3JR20
120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
SFP connectors: the eCCM2 supports the same set of SFPs as the eCCM-U.
2.
Alarm connector: if the eCCM2 is to be connected to the RUC faceplate in the same
manner as the eCCM-U, the same cable can be used (3JR22028AC). The eCCM2 connector
replaces some eCCM-U connections (Evolium BCB link for future use) with User Alarms. If
access to User Alarms is required, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support.
3.
BH1, BH2, BH3, BH4 connectors: BH1 (OPT1) and BH3 (GE1) are supported. BH2 and
BH4 are not supported (for future enhancements). BH1 is default connection and BH3 is
backup. If BH1 is connected first, a reset is required to enable BH3, even when BH1 is
unplugged.
Check CCM status
Refer to eCCM-U LED status (p. D-1) to determine the status of the CCM using the
status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
Before you begin
The CCM can be replaced in one of the following arrangements:
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare

From failed eCCM2 to working eCCM2 spare
From failed/working eCCM-U to eCCM2 upgrade

From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new hardware) to the eCCM-U (old
hardware) is done, ensure the database is operationally compatible with the eCCM-U
capabilities (activated functions, capacity, number of cells, etc.) before installing the
eCCM-U. If database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent technical support.
Replacement procedure overview using NEM
Attention: Before field personnel can go to the cell site, a number of prerequisite
tasks need to be performed as described in Procedure 4-2.1: Things to do before
going out to the cell site using NEM (p. 4-23).
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between OMC and the on-site field personnel
to replace the CCM.
The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved and where the given
step takes place, either at OMC and/or at the cell site (9412 eNodeB (eNB)) using NEM.
Table 4-5
Things to do before going to

Remove CCM using NEM
Install CCM using NEM
cell site using NEM
Restore 9412 eNodeB using

NEM
1. eNB: required personnel (2)
1. eNB: open door, disconnect

backhaul cable (SAM)
1. eNB: verify power at

RUC/Fan Tray is OFF
1. eNB: connect and login

NEM to CCM, watch for
Factory Mode or
Connection Error
2. OMC/eNB: required
documentation
2. eNB: connect NEM PC and

login to NEM
2. eNB: Install CCM:
2. eNB: if required, update and

activate 9926 BBU software
using NEM
1.
Insert CCM, secure with

screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables:
for eCCM-U, go to
Step 3
for eCCM2, go to
Step 4
3. eNB: required NEM

software. Save on NEM PC.
3. eNB: if possible, check and

clear alarms
3. eNB: connect eCCM-U

cables (no BH). Go to Step 5
3. eNB: Restore full database

(DB) using NEM
4. eNB: required eNodeB

4. eNB: if possible, lock 9926

BBU
4. eNB: connect eCCM2 cables

(+BH). Go to Step 5
4. eNB: Set ENBEquipment

parameter to either eCCM-U
or eCCM2 to match installed
CCM using NEM
5. If eNodeB IP Security
enabled, check/update
replacement CCM
5. eNB: if possible, backup full

database (DB) using NEM
5. eNB: turn power on at

RUC/PDP
5. eNB: unlock 9412 eNodeB

using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-5

cell site using NEM
6. eNB: required full DB

backup available. Save on
NEM PC.
(continued)
NEM
6. eNB: close NEM and

disconnect NEM PC
6. eNB: observe CCM LEDs,
if successful go to Restore
9412 eNodeB using NEM
if not successful, reset

eNodeB or contact
technical support.
For self-commissioning,
if pre-LR13 load,
go to Restore 9412
eNodeB using
NEM
If LR13 load, PnP

configures CCM.
6. eNB: check locked

component status, unlock
using NEM
eNodeB VLAN 0 transport
properties
7. eNB: turn power off at

RUC/PDP
7. eNB: check/compare/
resolve alarms using NEM.
8. eNB: required tools
8. eNB: disconnect CCM

cables:
8. eNB: Close NEM and

disconnect NEM PC.
1.
eCCM-U, go to Step 9
2.
eCCM2, go to Step 10
When completed, do one of

following:
9. eNB: go to cell site and

9. eNB: disconnect eCCM-U

cables. Go to Step 11
eCCM-U, go to Step 9 to
connect Backhaul cable.
eCCM2, go to Step 10 to
check for alarms
9. eNB: for eCCM-U,

reconnect Backhaul cable to
9926 BBU as follows:
1.
notify OMC
2.
Connect Backhaul cable

to 9926 BBU
3.
If SAM detects the eNB,

go to Step 10.
4.
If SAM cannot detect

eNB, contact technical
support.
10. eNB: disconnect eCCM2

10. OMC: check/compare/

resolve alarms using SAM
11. eNB: Remove CCM
11. OMC: if necessary, update

CCM MAC address on 7750
backhaul network or other
network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-21
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-5

cell site using NEM
(continued)
NEM
12. eNB: go to Install CCM

using NEM
12. eNB: when operational,

secure location (technician
leaves site).
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) and restore
9412 eNodeB operation using NEM and OMC support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM (p. 4-23)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-2.2: Remove CCM using NEM (p. 4-27)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM (p. 4-31)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-2.4: Restore CCM using NEM (p. 4-34)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-22
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site

using NEM
Overview
The following steps outline information that should be available for the replacement of
the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). OMC should have this information maintained in
maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using NEM.
Steps
Perform the following action items before going out to the cell site:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personnel
The procedure requires field and OMC (SAM) personnel. The field personnel (technician)
goes out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The OMC (SAM) personnel
provides operational support for the field personnel during the procedure. The field and
OMC (SAM) personnel should review the replacement procedure together and the role of
each person. The personnel must have direct contact with one another during the
procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Documentation
For field personnel, must have a copy of the following documents:

Copy of this replacement procedure
Guide
Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact CCM replacement. Remember to
load any tools associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are available at
Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/
portal/olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved NodeB) under Technical
Content for My Favorite Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412
eNodeB (Evolved Node B) is displayed.
For OMC (SAM) personnel, must have a copy of the following documents:
Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-23
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or

equivalent transport and commissioning data from the customer network and
design engineering department
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE Parameter Reference
Access to the 5620 SAM documentation suite
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the NEM
operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB
Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide and THIS procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NEM software
For field personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC. If necessary, check LTE
release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM software is not current,
download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software
repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide for NEM software installation. This procedure allows the field technician the
ability to replace the CCM using NEM only, with minimal support from OMC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB software
For field personnel, have current running eNodeB software.
Check the current running eNodeB software release assigned to the eNodeB from either
software repositories or release notes. If the running eNodeB software is not present on
the NEM PC, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or
customer internal software repository.
See Appendix E, Update 9926 BBU software loads to download running eNodeB
software and release notes from ALED. If the customer has an internal software
repository, refer to customer instructions to download the software and release notes to
the NEM PC.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-24
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: An LA2.0 to LR13.3.L upgrade is not supported on a eCCM-U. Upgrade

from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed using NEM.
The upgrade must be performed on the eCCM-U before upgrading to an eCCM2 or
downgrading to an eCCM-U with an LA2.0.x load.
Attention: When an LA3.0.x loaded eCCM-U is upgraded to LR13.3.L, the OAM IP
addresses must be reset using NEM before completing the procedure (refer to
Procedure F-5: Set OAM Routing (p. F-27) for details).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB IP Security
If IPsec is enabled using digital certificates and the eCCM-U/eCCM2 does not have a
factory installed certificate, then convert the eNodeB to either a non-IPsec configuration
or PreSharedKeys (PSK) configuration.
Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network IP Security
Integration Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0012-USZZA, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB full database (DB) backup file

For field personnel, check that the full database (DB) backup of the affected eNodeB is
present and current on the NEM PC.
Before the eCCM-U or eCCM2 field swap, a full database (DB) backup file must be
created. The DB backup includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done
from a NEM PC connected to the 9926 BBU.
Whenever possible, it is best practice to create a full database (DB) backup for the site
during installation and periodic updates to ensure any changes made to the site since the
last scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check
with OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during
initial installation). If necessary, consult the SAM administrator for the location of the
backup files and copy them to the NEM PC. If the full database (DB) backup is not
available at all, the 9926 BBU will need to be recommissioned during installation of the
new CCM (see Appendix F, Recommission 9926 BBU for details).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-25
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and OMC personnel, provide the eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties from
cell site records (collected during initial installation) in case the information is lost on the
eNodeB during the replacement procedure.
Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from NEM is a
backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM
replacement.
From eNodeB, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows:
1. From NEM, select Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties
tab.
2. Do a Print Screen of the VLAN 0 Transport Properties and save the screen capture.
Important! If the OAM communications between 5620 SAM and 9926 BBU has
failed or must be updated because of a software upgrade (update before resetting
OAM addresses), refer to Procedure F-5: Set OAM Routing (p. F-27), to reset the
OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site using NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools
For field personnel, collect the following tools for this procedure:

Protective caps for fiber-optic cables and dust caps for SFP slots
ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When ready, the field personnel can go to the cell site and continue with the following
procedure. The OMC personnel should be backup during the replacement procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-26
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-2.2: Remove CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) in
the 9926 BBU using NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, open cabinet, locate the 9926 BBU, and disconnect the backhaul cable
from CCM as follows:
On eCCM-U disconnect from eCCM-U GE MDA port.

On eCCM2 disconnect from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3 as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
necessary)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-27
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The full database (DB) backup cannot be performed during the following
conditions:
eNodeB software download or activation process started or already in progress.

Full DB backup (or restore) request started or already in progress.
Configuration changes started or already in progress.
From eNodeB, if a full DB backup was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform
full DB backup using NEM as follows:
1. From the main menu, select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights.
2. From the main menu, select Configuration > Full eNodeB DB Backup.
3. Navigate to the folder that stores the backup file.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT CHANGE the automatically named backup file, after the
backup is completed. The filename of a backup file is incorporated in the file itself
and a consistency check is performed before restoring it.
4. Click on OK when the download is complete.
5. From the main menu, select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights.
6. Continue with the following step to remove NEM from the CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Logout from NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect CCM cables as follows:
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9
For eCCM2, go to Step 10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-28
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For eCCM-U, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows:
1. GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected.
2. PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected.
3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector.
4. External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.
5. T1/E1 cable from PCM E1/T1 connector, if connected.
6. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM-U ports, OPTIC
1 to OPTIC 6, as required.
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected, in the following procedure, to the same
eCCM-U ports they were initially connected to.
7. Remove the termination cover and mounting screws from the eCCM-U PCM E1/T1
connector. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU.
Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps and
dust covers for SFPs on CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
For eCCM2, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as follows:
1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), from eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1
to OPTIC 9, as required.
eCCM2 ports they were initially connected to.
2. Reference Input cable from REF IN connector, if connected.
3. Reference Output cable from REF OUT connector, if connected.
4. GPS cable from GPS connector, if connected.
6. When complete, go to Step 11 to remove CCM from 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Remove CCM from 9926 BBU as follows:

1. Remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the faceplate.
2. Loosen the two mounting screws on the faceplate. Mounting screws should not be
removed from faceplate.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-29
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the extracting hole in the middle of the
faceplate, rotate handle 90, and pull the CCM out of the slot.
4. Package the circuit pack in an ESD safe bag or original shipping container and ship to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-30
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) in
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install CCM into 9926 BBU as follows:

1. Insert CCM into slot and secure with faceplate screws.
2. Attach EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw to the center of the faceplate.
3. Connect the CCM cables as follows:
Note: If swapping between the eCCM-U and eCCM2, refer to CCM connector
changes (p. 4-19) for changes in faceplate connectors.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM-U, Do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE

MDA port and the NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed to do so in the following
procedure.
For eCCM-U, connect the cables as follows:
1. GPS cable to GPS-RF connector, if required.
2. PPS Input cable to GPS connector, if required.
3. RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector.
4. External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-31
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed eCCM-U.
6. Attach PCM E1/T1 termination cover and mounting screws to the eCCM-U PCM
E1/T1 connector.
7. When complete, go to Step 5 to turn power on.
Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and SFPs before
connecting them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM2, Do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed

in the following procedure (connect BH here).
For eCCM2, connect the cables as follows:
1. TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM2 ports, OPTIC 1 to
OPTIC 9, as required.
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected as they were on the failed CCM.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required.

Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required.
GPS cable to GPS connector, if required.
RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable to ALARM connector.
6. Backhaul cable(s) to ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3, as required.

Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables and dust caps from
SFPs before connecting them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, Turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
With power switch, turn power switch ON and PDP circuit breaker ON.
Without power switch, turn power ON at PDP circuit breaker.
From OMC, for eCCM2, , at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the
next step: ReachabilityProblem/ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after
initial power up and eNodeB resets.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-32
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to eCCM-U LED status (p. D-1), for the following:
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following procedure
to restore the eNodeB.
If the CCM status does not appear to be functional, check the following:
Verify power is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power coming into the
PDP.
If the CCM does not show a positive sign of operation, replace CCM with this
procedure, Procedure 4-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM (p. 4-16) or
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-33
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-2.4: Restore CCM using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) to an
operational state using NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! Wait for at least 5 minutes before logging in with NEM. This allows time
for the 9926 BBU to accept the replacement CCM.
From eNodeB, Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable.

Host: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0, CCM IP address)
Watch for one of the following messages:
Watch for the following Connection Error message and continue as follows:
If Connection Error message is not displayed, continue with the following

step.
If Connection Error message is displayed, NEM connection has failed.
Contact technical support.
If Unsupported MIB version #R_LA3#V_0.03.61 detected. NEM will try to
find BASIC MIB. is displayed, click OK.
Starting SFTP Server ... is displayed. When done. is displayed, continue with the
following step.
Watch for the eNB is in factory mode message and continue as follows:
Whether the eNB is in factory mode message is displayed or not, continue with
the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, using NEM, update or install with the current LTE RAN load that was
installed on the failed CCM on the replacement CCM (factory or spared) for proper
operation.
Note: The replacement CCM must have at least a base load of LR13.1 or later so
NEM can manage it. Loads before LR13.1 will cause the process to fail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-34
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Appendix E, Update 9926 BBU software loads for the software load
installation procedure. As previously mentioned, the software loads should be
downloaded onto the NEM PC before going to the cell site.
Note: Occasionally, a locally connected NEM PC will lose communication with an
eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. This may happen after the activate operation. If this
occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the activate operation. The In progress
symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long after the activate itself should
have completed. If this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization,
bring up NEM again on the eNodeB. NEM should indicate that the eNodeB is in the
activate state. Follow the NEM prompts to accept the new load.
From OMC, for eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the
SW update and eNodeB resets.
When completed, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This step restores the full eNodeB database backup file after the CCM has been
replaced. The database includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done
from a locally connected NEM.
From eNodeB, Perform the following steps to restore the full eNodeB database backup
file to the 9926 BBU as follows:
1. Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights.
2. Select Configuration > Full eNodeB DB Restore.
3. Click on the folder icon to display the directories and files available on the system. If
necessary, filter the files with one of the following Files of Type:
*_full_DB_backup.sdb: Only the full DB backup files for the currently connected
eNodeB (default).
All files: All files from the selected directory are displayed.
4. Select the file created during the full DB backup.
5. Click Open.
6. Click OK to restore the selected eNodeB full DB from the code server via file transfer,
or click Cancel to abort the operation.
An eNodeB reset occurs automatically after the full DB restoration to activate the
restored full DB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-35
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the
database restoration. The In progress symbol on NEM will continue being
displayed, long after the restoration itself should have completed. If this occurs,
restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up NEM again on the
eNodeB.
7. When completed, go to one of the following steps:
Step 4, check for downloaded RRH software.

Step 5, set ENBEquipment parameters when upgrading/downgrading CCM.
Step 6, unlock eNodeB.
database restored, eNodeB resets, and the end state is NodeDatabaseCorruption.
Then, perform a NE Reconfig to get back to Managed.
Note: If the full database could not be backed up, the eNodeB must be
recommissioned. See Appendix F, Recommission 9926 BBU for details. Contact
Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for assistance.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Skip this step if TRDUs are used. Perform this step if the eNodeB is configured
with RRHs.
From eNodeB, check for RRH software on eNodeB as follows:
1. From NEM PC, select the Root View window and click SW Properties tab.
2. Check Running SW File Descriptor column for RRH software load.
The RRH software has a filename like: #BI_070E#FT_OMsw#FI_RH2XALB39#FV_
00000006.
3. Continue as follows:
If correct RRH software is downloaded, go to the next step.
If RRH software is not downloaded, go to next sub-step.
4. From main menu, Select Configuration > Set Code Server and click Yes on question
message. The Set Code Server is displayed.
5. In the pop-up menu, navigate to the NEM PC folder containing the software load
currently running on the eNodeB.
6. Once the correct folder is displayed in the File Name field, click Open to complete the
Set Code Server function.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-36
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. If the RRH does not return to the Enabled state, right click the RRH in NEM and
select Reset Equipment. RRH should reboot and download the active software
automatically.
8. Verify the RRH restores to the enabled/unlocked state. If it does not, contact technical
support
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This step is only required when the CCM is being replaced with a different
CCM, for example:
eCCM-U > eCCM2 (upgrade)

eCCM2 > eCCM-U (downgrade)
Important! Configuring the parameters contained in the ENB Equipment properties

can cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting.
The following ENBEquipment parameters must be set when upgrading/downgrading
the CCM as follows:
For eCCM-U > eCCM2 upgrade, set the following parameters:

expectedControllerType, Specifies the controller type installed in BBU, in
this case, eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2
For eCCM2, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB,
maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB
are set to customer specified values.
For eCCM2 > eCCM-U downgrade, set the following parameters:
this case, eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U
For eCCM-U, maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB,
From eNodeB, Set the parameters to match the installed CCM by configuring eNodeB
from NEM:
1. Select Root View > eNB Properties tab.
2. Click Edit.
3. Set expectedControllerType field to the correct value, eCCM-U or eCCM2, to
match the installed CCM.
4. Set maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB, maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb,
and maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB to customer specified values, to match the
installed CCM.
5. Click OK. Reconfiguring parameters resets the eNodeB. After the reset stabilizes, go
to the following step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-37
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9412 eNodeB:
1. Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (left pane).
The NE is unlocked.
3. If necessary, right-click the following elements, in order, and click Unlock Module in
contextual menu to unlock them:
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (bCEM)
CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
RET
D2U (RUC)
4. Select eNB and check Administrative States column for any elements still locked and
unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB.
Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights.

Close NEM.
Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU.
When completed, do one of the following:
For eCCM-U, go to Step 9 to connect Backhaul cable.
For eCCM2, go to Step 10 to check for alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, for eCCM-U only, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows:
1. Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back
in-service (unlock network element).
2. Connect Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to eCCM-U GE MDA port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-38
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Determine if SAM detects the 9926 BBU as follows:

a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms at
OMC.
b. If SAM has not detected the 9926 BBU, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
From OMC, for eCCM2 only, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the
selected 9412 eNodeB (network element).
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From OMC, if necessary, continue with one of the following:
If the network has a Alcatel-Lucent 7750 backhaul network with dynamic routing,
update the new CCM MAC address on the 7750 router as described in Appendix G,
Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR, then go to next step.
If the network has another backhaul network, update as required, then go to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
If the eNodeB was using IPsec with digital certificate and IkeAuth Method was
certificates (prior to card replacement) set the IkeAuth Method to certificates. This
restores the environment as it was prior to the eCCM-U/eCCM2 replacement.
Integration Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0012-USZZA, IP Security feature using

PreShared Keys and using Certificates, for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
When operational, secure location (technician leaves site).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-39
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
9926 BBU of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB indoor/outdoor BB cabinet using the
OMC 5620 SAM client.
applies to the eCCM-U and eCCM2.
Hot-swap FRU
No
swapped.
Intervention time
department.
Replacement duration for the CCM using 5620 SAM is indicated for the following
arrangements:
From failed eCCM-U to working eCCM-U spare - 45 minutes (actual, 35 min 30 s)


From failed/working eCCM2 to eCCM-U downgrade/fallback - 45 minutes (actual,
36 min)
The durations are approximate and include MIB backup, shutdown, CCM replacement,
power on, software download, activation, acceptance, and MIB restore.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-40
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-41
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-42
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 connectors.
Table 4-6
Faceplate

GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
table
notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual
SMP
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
RJ45
(RS-232
+ 100bT)
RJ45
(GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN
1.0/2.3
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
Same as
eCCM-U
Same as
eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45
(GbE)
(3JR20
073DB)
eCCM2
P3
(3JR20
120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
unplugged.
Check CCM status
Before you begin


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-43
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM (p. 4-50).
to replace the CCM.
steps take place, either at OMC or at the cell site (9412 eNodeB (eNB)) using 5620 SAM.
Table 4-7
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
5620 SAM
1. OMC/eNB:
required
personnel (2)
1. OMC: View
alarms raised against
eNodeB
1. eNB: when
technician reaches
cell site, contact
OMC to verify
eNodeB is locked,
open cabinet, and
indicate ready to
remove CCM.
1. eNB: verify power

off at RUC/Fan Tray
1. OMC: Perform
an NE
reconfiguration to
restore the eNodeB
MIM
configuration.
1. OMC: download
the required
software image to
align eNodeB and
SAM.
2. OMC/eNB:
required
documentation
2. OMC: Import a
replacement
software image into
5620 SAM
2. eNB: turn power

off at RUC/PDP
2. OMC: if
necessary,
download the
required aligned
software image to
the eNodeB
2. OMC: Monitor
software upgrade
status.
1.
Insert CCM,
secure with
screws.
2.
secure EMI
bracket
3.
connect CCM
cables:
a.
for
eCCM-U,
go to
Step 3
b.
for
eCCM2,
go to
Step 4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-44
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
5620 SAM
3. eNB: connect
eCCM-U cables. Go
to Step 5
3. OMC: Perform
immediate restore
operation on
eNodeB to restore
SNMP MIB
parameters.
3. OMC: Perform
an NE
reconfiguration to
restore the eNodeB
MIM
configuration.
4. eNB: disconnect
eCCM-U cables. Go
to Step 6
4. eNB: connect
eCCM2 cables. Go to
Step 5.
4. OMC: Set
ENBEquipment
parameters to
match installed
CCM by
configuring
eNodeB from SAM
with either online
or offline
configuration.
4. OMC: Perform
immediate restore
operation on
eNodeB to restore
SNMP MIB
parameters.
5. OMC: Contact
on-site technician
that eNodeB is ready
for CCM removal.
5. eNB: disconnect
eCCM2 cables. Go
to Step 6.
5. eNB: notify OMC

that CCM is installed
and power is being
applied.
5. OMC: Unlock
eNodeB
5. OMC: Set
ENBEquipment
parameters to
match installed
CCM by
configuring
eNodeB from
SAM with either
online or offline
configuration.
6. eNB: go to
Remove CCM using
5620 SAM
6. eNB: Remove
CCM
6. eNB: turn power on

at RUC/PDP
6. OMC: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
6. OMC: Unlock
eNodeB
3. OMC/eNB:
required NEM
software
(backup to
SAM
procedure)
3. OMC: Perform an
immediate backup
operation on affected
eNodeB
4. OMC/eNB:
required
eNodeB
software
4. OMC: Lock
eNodeB
5. OMC/eNB:
required MIB
backup file
6. OMC/eNB:
eNodeB MIM
backup file.
3. eNB: disconnect
CCM cables:
1.
for eCCM-U,
go to Step 4
2.
for eCCM2, go
to Step 5
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement
is complete. If not,
contact technical
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-45
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
7. OMC/eNB:
required
eNodeB
VLAN 0
transport
properties
5620 SAM
7. eNB: go to Install
CCM using 5620
SAM
7. eNB: observe CCM

LEDs,
if successful go
to next step.
if not successful,
reset eNodeB or
contact technical
support.
7. OMC: if
necessary, continue
with one of the
following:
If the network
has a
AlcatelLucent 7750
backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing,
update the
new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then go
to next step.
7. OMC: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement
contact technical
support.
If network has
another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next
step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-46
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
8. eNB:
required tools
5620 SAM
8. eNB: Contact the

OMC, check SAM
OAM Link Status
field:
8. OMC: if
necessary, continue
with one of the
following:
If OAM Link
Status field
displays Up,
10-15 minutes
after power-up,
go to next step.
If OAM Link
Status field
displays Down,
10-15 minutes
after power-up,
do one of
following:
restore
OAM
link at
cell site
(NEM).
If OAM
link
cannot
be
restored,
contact
technical
support.
If the network
has a
AlcatelLucent 7750
backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing,
update the
new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then go
to next step.
8. OMC: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement
contact technical
support.
If network has
another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next
step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-47
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
9. eNB: go to
cell site and
Remove CCM
using 5620
SAM
5620 SAM
9. OMC: Update/align
5620 SAM and
eNodeB software and
configuration as
follows:
For aligned
software: if 5620
SAM detects an
aligned software
image and
SNMP IDs
between SAM
and eNodeB,
alarm is raised,
go to Restore
9412 eNodeB
with aligned
software using
5620 SAM
For mis-aligned
software: if 5620
SAM detects a
mis-aligned
software image
between the
expected (in
SAM) and actual
eNodeB and
SNMP IDs,
alarms are raised:
Go to Restore
9412 eNodeB
with mis-aligned
software using
5620 SAM.
9. OMC: If the
eNodeB was using
IPsec with digital
certificate and
IkeAuth Method
was certificates
(prior to card
replacement) set
the IkeAuth
Method to
certificates.
10. eNB: when

operational secure
location (technician
leaves site)
9. OMC: if
necessary, continue
with one of the
following:
If the network
has a
AlcatelLucent 7750
backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing,
update the
new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then go
to next step.
If network has
another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next
step.
10. OMC: If the

eNodeB was using
IPsec with digital
certificate and
IkeAuth Method
was certificates
(prior to card
replacement) set
the IkeAuth
Method to
certificates.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-48
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
5620 SAM
11. eNB: when

operational secure
location
(technician leaves
site)
Steps
9412 eNodeB operation using 5620 SAM and an on-site technician.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
(p. 4-50)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement, using 5620
SAM (p. 4-55)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM (p. 4-57)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM (p. 4-59)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM (p. 4-63)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM (p. 4-69)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-49
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

using 5620 SAM
Overview
maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personnel
procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Documentation
Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-50
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the 5620
SAM operation and maintenance functions described in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM
LTE RAN User Guide and THIS procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NEM software (for backup)

For field and OMC personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC and SAM client. If
necessary, check LTE release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM
software is not current, download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent
ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network
Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for NEM software installation.
Note: In this procedure, NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure. NEM
software must be current with the eNodeB software, e.g., LR13.3.L, if it becomes
necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB software
For field and OMC personnel, have current running eNodeB software.
the NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent
ALED or customer internal software repository.
the NEM PC and SAM client.
Note: In this procedure, loading software from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM
procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed with NEM.
addresses must be reset with NEM before completing the procedure (refer to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB IP Security
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-51
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If IPsec is enabled using digital certificates and the eCCM/eCCM2 does not have a

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file

For field and OMC personnel, check that the SNMP MIB backup file of the affected
eNodeB is present and current on the NEM PC and SAM client.
Whenever possible, it is best practice to create a SNMP MIB backup for the site during
installation and periodic updates to ensure any changes made to the site since the last
scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check with
the OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during
backup files and copy them to the NEM PC and SAM client. If the SNMP MIB is not
available at all, the 9412 eNodeB will need to be recommissioned during installation of
the new CCM (see Appendix F, Recommission 9926 BBU for details).
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIB from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM
If the eNodeB is operational; an SNMP MIB backup can be created from either OMC or
eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform an immediate backup of the SNMP MIB. Refer to 5620 SAM
LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, NE maintenance, Section, eNodeB backup and
restore, Procedure, To perform an immediate eNodeB backup or restore, for details.
From eNodeB, backup as follows:

1. Open NEM and login.
2. From the main menu, select Configuration > MIB Backup.
3. Click Yes to accept internal SFTP server.
4. Navigate to the folder where backup file is going to be stored.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT CHANGE the automatically named backup file (*.sdb),
after the backup is completed. The filename of a backup file is incorporated in the
file itself and a consistency check is performed before restoring it.
5. Click Download.
6. Click OK when the download is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB MIM backup file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-52
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and OMC personnel, provide a MIM backup of the eNodeB from either the
SAM database or a configuration snapshot (refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide,
Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots, Procedure, To take a
configuration snapshot ). The MIM backup is required to restore the eNodeB if the
current active eNodeB MIM data is unavailable.
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIM from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

replacement.
tab.
OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site with NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-53
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
procedure. The OMC personnel should be available to complete the replacement
procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-54
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-3.2: Prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM

replacement, using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Referenced procedures
Refer to the following chapters in the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide for
details to the referenced procedures:
Chapter, Troubleshooting
Chapter, NE maintenance
Chapter, Online configuration
Lost OAM communication
OAM addresses), e.g., LA3.0 to LR13.3, refer to Procedure F-5: Set OAM Routing
(p. F-27), to reset the OAM addresses first. This has to be done at the local cell site
with NEM.
If an LA3.0 loaded eCCM-U is being upgraded to a LR13.3.L loaded eCCM2, follow
these steps:
1. Upgrade the eCCM-U to LR13.3.L first.
2. Reset the OAM addresses at the local cell site with NEM as described above.
3. Continue with the following steps to replace the eCCM-U with the eCCM2 and
restore the eCCM2.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: View alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state
before the CCM replacement.
Reference: Refer to the following for more details:
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Troubleshooting,

Section, Alarm and fault management
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM User Guide

Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Import a replacement software image into the 5620 SAM, if required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-55
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Section, NE maintenance preparation, Procedure, To import an
eNodeB software image into the 5620 SAM, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: If an eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file was not obtained before going to the
cell site, perform an immediate backup (eNodeB SNMP MIB) operation on the affected
eNodeB, if possible.
Note: A backup operation may not be possible if the eCCM has failed. If the backup fails,
do not perform a restore in Procedure 4-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software
using 5620 SAM (p. 4-69) or Procedure 4-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software
using 5620 SAM (p. 4-63).
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To perform an immediate
eNodeB backup or restore, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Lock the eNodeB.

Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Online configuration, Procedure, To lock or unlock an
eNodeB NE (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Contact on-site technician that eNodeB is ready for CCM removal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CCM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-56
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) in the
9926 BBU at the cell site.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB: when technician reaches cell site, contact OMC to verify the eNodeB is
locked, open cabinet, and indicate ready to remove CCM.
Note: Unless otherwise stated, the following steps are performed at the cell site.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For eCCM-U, go to Step 4.
For eCCM2, go to Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.
GPS cable from GPS-RF connector, if connected.

PPS Input cable from GPS connector, if connected.
RUC/Fan Tray ALARM cable from ALARM connector.
External Sync cable from REF IN/OUT connector, if connected.

6. Backhaul cable from eCCM-U GE MDA port.
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as they were on the
failed CCM.
SFPs with dust caps.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-57
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
failed CCM.
6. Backhaul cables from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3 as required.
SFPs with dust caps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-58
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

Steps
the 9926 BBU at the cell site.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Connect the eCCM-U or eCCM2 cables as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Backhaul cable to GE MDA port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-59
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
failed CCM.
E1/T1 connector.
8. When complete, go to Step 5, to notify OMC that CCM is installed.
connecting them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

failed CCM.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6. Backhaul cable(s) to ports BH1 (default) and BH3 as required.

connecting them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC that CCM is installed and power is being applied.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-60
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the next step.
PDP.
procedure, Procedure 4-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM
(p. 4-40), or contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact the OMC, check the SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link
Status field, and proceed as follows:
If the OAM Link Status field displays Up, 10-15 minutes after power-up, go to the
following step.
If the OAM Link Status field displays Down, 10-15 minutes after power-up, do one of
the following:
Perform Procedure F-5: Set OAM Routing (p. F-27) to restore the OAM link at
the cell site (NEM).
If the OAM link cannot be restored, contact technical support.
Note: Observe the following conditions occurring with factory loaded CCMs:
If the factory load flashed on the CCM is older than LR13.1, then the OAM link
status parameter in SAM always displays as DOWN becasue there is no OAM
Link Status and no table in the eNodeB for SAM to read to mark the OAM Link
Status as UP. As a consequence, this parameter status has to be ignored and the
installation has to be continued.
If the factory load flashed on the CCM is at least LR13.1 or newer, the OAM link
status parameter from SAM has to be taken into account.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as
follows:
For aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects an aligned software image and SNMP
IDs between SAM and eNodeB, the following alarm is raised: NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected, go to Procedure 4-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software
using 5620 SAM (p. 4-63) to align the configuration and then the SW if it is
required.
For mis-aligned software: if 5620 SAM detects a mis-aligned software image
between the expected (in SAM) and actual eNodeB and SNMP IDs, the following
alarms are raised: NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected and MediationAuthenticationFailure. Go to Procedure 4-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned
software using 5620 SAM (p. 4-69) to align the software and configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-61
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-62
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5620 SAM
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) with aligned
software to an operational state using 5620 SAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to replace the eNodeB MIM with the most
recently synchronized version from the 5620 SAM database as follows:
1. Trigger an NE reconfiguration by right-clicking on an eNodeB in the Equipment tree
or Topology map and choosing Actions > Reconfigure NE from the contextual menu.
A warning dialog box appears.
2. Select the check box in the warning to indicate that you acknowledge the implications
of the action and click on the Yes button. Wait for the reconfigure action to complete.
This may take several minutes.
3. Verify that the NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm is cleared and the
eNodeB returns to a managed state.
The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, Site, State field displays Managed after
reboot. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link Status field displays
Down until reboot is completed.
Note: Reconfiguring the eNodeB database configuration replaces the entire eNodeB
MIM, regardless of the existing configuration on the NE. The procedure can trigger a
full or partial eNodeB reset, which is service-affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-63
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, Troubleshooting, Procedure, To reconfigure an eNodeB
database configuration, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB
as follows:
1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Software Upgrade from the 5620 SAM
main menu. The Software Upgrade form opens with the Software Upgrade Policy tab
displayed.
2. Click on the Software Images tab. The form displays additional tabs.
3. Click on the eNodeB Software Images tab.
4. Manually download image from the 5620 SAM to the selected eNodeB as follows:
a. Select an image from the list and click on the Download Image button. The Select
Sites form opens.
b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. The form
closes and a dialog box appears.
c. Click on the Yes button. The file transfer begins. Activating software resets
eNodeB.
5. Manually activate software image as follows:
a. Click on the Activate Image button. The Select Sites list form opens.
b. Choose one or more eNodeBs from the list and click on the OK button. A dialog
box appears.
c. Click on the Yes button to close the dialog box and activate the software image.
Activating software resets eNodeB.
6. Monitor software upgrade status, as required. The software activation is finished
when the Upgrade State changes to Activate Complete.
Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To monitor software upgrade status, to
monitor the software upgrade/update.
7. Perform validation testing to verify the functionality and stability of the software
image. See the appropriate Alcatel-Lucent LTE Macro and Metro eNodeB Software
Upgrade Procedure, for more information.
8. Accept the software image to finalize the software upgrade as follows:
a. Click on the Accept Image button. The Select Sites form opens.
b. Choose the eNodeB from the list and click on the OK button to accept the image
and close the form.
9. When completed, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: Do not perform a restore operation if the backup operation in Procedure

4-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM (p. 4-57), could not be completed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-64
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows:
1. Choose Administration > NE Maintenance > Backup/Restore from the 5620 SAM
main menu. The Backup/Restore form opens with the Backup/Restore Policy tab
displayed.
2. Click on the Backup/Restore Status tab. The managed devices are listed.
Depending on the operation type, the Backup State or Restore State column displays
the current state of the operation. The possible values are:
Not Attempted - operation is not yet attempted
Saving Config - device configuration is being saved on the device
Transferring files - file transfer is in progress
Success - operation is complete and successful
Failure - operation is complete but unsuccessful
3. Select an eNodeB from the list and perform one of the following steps, depending on
the operation that you want to perform. Click on the Restore button.
4. Click on the Yes button. The restore operation starts, and the current restore state for
the device is indicated in the Restore State column.
5. Resynchronize an NE with the 5620 SAM database, if required, by clicking on the
Resync button.
6. Close the Backup/Restore form.
Note: The eNodeB reboots. SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link
Status field displays Down until reboot is completed. The Administrative State of an
eNodeB is set to Locked after a successful restore operation.

recommissioned. See Appendix F, Recommission 9926 BBU for details.
Contact Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for assistance.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM, for example:


form may or may not cause a full or partial reset, which is service-affecting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-65
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

as follows:

From OMC: Set the ENBEquipment parameters to match the installed CCM by
configuring eNodeB from SAM with either online configuration or offline
configuration as follows:
For online configuration: Set the parameters by configuring eNodeB as follows:

1. Choose Manage > Equipment > Equipment from the 5620 SAM main menu. The
Manage Equipment list form opens.
2. Choose ENB Equipment (LTE) from the Select Object Type drop-down list.
3. Configure the filter criteria, if required, and click on the Search button. A list of
ENB Equipment objects is displayed.
4. Select the appropriate ENBEquipment parameters from the list and click on the
Properties button. The ENB Equipment (Edit) form opens with the General tab
displayed.
5. On the General tab, change the parameter attributes to match the installed CCM.
6. Click on the Apply button in the ENB Equipment (Edit) form and the Network
Element (Edit) form, if required, in order to save the configuration changes.

For offline configuration: Set the parameter by configuring eNodeB as follows:
1. Use the 9952 WPS to create/change a delta WO file containing ENBEquipment
parameters for the eNodeB, and transfer the files to the 5620 SAM, as required.
2. Use the 5620 SAM activation manager function to validate and deploy the WO to
the eNodeB.
3. Use the 5620 SAM configuration snapshot function to export the eNodeB
configuration data in the form of a snapshot file.
4. Automatically or manually transfer the snapshot file to 9952 WPS and 9959 NPO
application servers.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-66
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Perform file management tasks for the CM XML file and activation log file.
Reference: Refer to the following guides to set the parameters:
9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE to create the WO and transfer it to the
5620 SAM.
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide:
For online, Chapter, Online configuration, Section, Workflow to manage online
configuration
For offline, Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Workflow to manage offline
configuration, validate and deploy WOs to eNodeBs
9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro Products Parameters Reference Guide
Note: If the eNodeB does not reset after more than 15 minutes, a full
resynchronization may be required. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide,
Chapter, Troubleshooting, Section, eNodeB configuration troubleshooting,
Procedure, To resynchronize an eNodeB database configuration, for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Unlock eNodeB as follows:

1. Choose Equipment from the navigation tree view selector. The navigation tree
displays the Equipment view.
2. Select one or more eNodeBs in the navigation tree, right-click, and choose Actions >
State Unlock from the contextual menu. A dialog box appears.
3. Click on the Yes button. The unlock request is sent to the NE.
4. Verify the lock and operational status of an eNodeB as follows:
a. Navigate to the ENB Equipment properties view for the eNodeB.
b. Click on the States tab.
c. Verify that the displayed value of the Administrative State parameter is
Unlocked.
d. Verify that the Current Operational State parameter displays the expected
transmission status (Enabled).
e. Close the ENB Equipment form.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE
operational state following the CCM replacement.
If the eNodeB is operational, the CCM replacement is complete. If not, contact technical
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-67
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
restores the environment as it was prior to the eCCM/eCCM2 replacement.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-68
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using

5620 SAM
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) with
mis-aligned software to an operational state using 5620 SAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM as
follows:
displayed.
Sites form opens.
c. Click on the Yes button. The file transfer begins.
Note: If the software image download to an eNodeB that is in a state of software
misalignment, such as immediately following an eCCM board replacement, the 5620
SAM automatically performs the activate and accept stages of the software
upgrade.
software upgrade on an eNodeB, Steps 1-4, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Monitor software upgrade status.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-69
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify that the Upgrade State in the Global Status tab displays Accept Complete.
Following the successful software replacement, the 5620 SAM clears the
NodeSoftwareMisalignmentDetected alarm and raises the
NodeDatabaseCorruptionDetected alarm to remind operators to reconfigure the
NE.
Go to the following step.
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To monitor software
upgrade status, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration replace the eNodeB MIM with the most

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-70
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
displayed.
Resync button.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM, for example:


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-71
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

as follows:

this case, use eCCM2 to match the installed eCCM2
this case, use eCCM-U to match the installed eCCM-U

displayed.

the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-72
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM.
configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Unlocked.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-73
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
restores the environment as it was prior to the eCCM/eCCM2 replacement.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-74
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the broadband Channel Element Module
(bCEM), bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1, in an Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
30 minutes
Safety
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
Static discharge can damage circuit pack components.
Wear a properly grounded anti-static bracelet before handling circuit packs to prevent
static discharge and damage to the circuit pack components.
Figures
The following figure shows the bCEM faceplate.

Figure 4-8 bCEM faceplate
Extractor
Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU
Connector
TEST SW
Connector
RST
(Reset)
TEST ICE
Connector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-75
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check bCEM status
Refer to bCEM LED status (p. D-11), to determine the status of the bCEM using the
status LEDs.
Before you begin
The following information must be available at OMC and at the cell site to replace the
bCEM.
replace the bCEM. The following table illustrates the replacement procedures involved
and where the given step takes place, either at OMC or on-site at 9412 eNodeB (eNB).
Table 4-8
bCEM replacement procedure overview
Remove bCEM
Install bCEM
1. eNB: open door and check for failed bCEM LED

status
1. eNB: insert new bCEM
2. OMC/eNB: connect NEM PC/open NEM
2. eNB: observe bCEM LEDs

OMC/eNB: if required reset bCEM
3. eNB: attach EMI bracket (right bCEM slot)
4. OMC/eNB: lock cells
4. eNB: notify OMC
5. OMC/eNB: lock bCEM (BB)
5. OMC/eNB: unlock cells
6. eNB: remove EMI bracket
6. OMC/eNB: check/compare/ resolve alarms
7. eNB: loosen faceplate screws
7. OMC/eNB: close NEM, disconnect NEM PC, and

close door
8. eNB: pull bCEM

9. eNB: pack bCEM
10. eNB: go to Install bCEM
5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide
9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide
Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-76
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required tools
NEM PC with NEM installed


ESD Strap
Blank filler pack for bCEM slot if left unused for more than an hour
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the bCEM and restore 9926 BBU operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-4.1: Remove bCEM (p. 4-78)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-4.2: Install bCEM (p. 4-82)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-77
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-4.1: Remove bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed bCEM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, unlock and open door to cabinet and locate the failed bCEM. Check status
LEDs of each bCEM to determine which one has failed.
Refer to bCEM LED status (p. D-11) to determine the status of the bCEM using the
status LEDs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
necessary)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock Cells, as required:

See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Online configuration, Section,
9400 NEM support, for more details.
2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-78
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Right-click on desired eNodeB and choose Launch NEM from the contextual
menu. The NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB.
Note: NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an eNodeB
by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM is not visible, click on
the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
4. Select Tree View.
5. Select HW Modules. Hardware modules are displayed inside the Details Pane
(right side of window).
6. Under HW Modules, select Cell Configuration.
7. Right-click BB and select Lock Cell. Repeat step for each Cell.
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock the Cells, using NEM:
4. Right-click BB and select Lock Cell. Repeat step for all Cells.
Note: If the lock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the
5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State parameter
displays Locking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected by
user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lock all bCEMs from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs:

9400 NEM support for more details.
menu. The 9400 NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB.
Note: 9400 NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an
eNodeB by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not
visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-79
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Under HW Modules, select BB (CEM) of interest.
7. Right-click BB and select Lock Module. Repeat step for each bCEM as required.
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs, using NEM:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On far right bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the
faceplate.
Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit packs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Loosen two mounting screws on the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-80
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
For bCEM, removing bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it.
Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack with both hands without binding it.
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extractor hole in the middle of the circuit
pack, rotate handle 90, and pull out of the slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
NOTICE
Do not leave slot open for more than one hour. Damage to the 9926 BBU circuit packs
will occur due to inadequate cooling airflow.
Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow through the
9926 BBU.
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the new bCEM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-81
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-4.2: Install bCEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE

For bCEM, inserting bCEM improperly from the sub-rack can damage it.
Carefully slide bCEM into sub-rack with both hands without binding it.
Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws. Verify LED status on the
CEMs, CCM, and RFMs (TRDU or RRH). For LED status, refer to Appendix D, LED
status for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, perform one of the following to check bCEM status:
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off).
The bCEM should reset automatically when power is applied. Continue with the
following step.
If at initial power up, the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change
after 15 minutes and the bCEM does not reset, perform the following steps to
manually reset the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB:
1. To reset the bCEM at eNodeB, start with Sub-Step 2.
To reset the bCEM at OMC, start with Sub-Step 3.
2. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable and
factory configured IP address (192.168.10.1, for local NEM access only).
3. Open NEM and select the Tree view.
4. Click HW Modules.
5. Select the BB that is equivalent to the bCEM being replaced.
6. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEM should reboot and
download active software automatically.
7. If the bCEM restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with
the following step.
If the bCEM does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed
bCEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-82
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On far right bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the
faceplate.
Skip this step for the other bCEM slots.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unlock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells:

by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not visible,
click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-83
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. Right-click BB and select Unlock Cell. Repeat step for each Cell.
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells, using NEM:
4. Right-click BB and select Unlock Cell. Repeat step for all Cells.
Note: If the unlock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the
displays Unlocking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected
by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-84
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in

indoor/outdoor BB cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor

BB cabinet
Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack located to the right of
the TRDU shelf in the indoor/outdoor BB cabinet.
The 9926 BBU Sub-Rack provides the following functions:
Power and control between circuit packs.

Houses eCCM-U/eCCM2 (CCM)
Houses bCEM
Houses RUC/Fan Tray or RUC/HC Fan Tray (RUC/Fan Tray)
Hot-swap FRU
No
Intervention time
duration).
Required tools

Socket wrench

ESD Strap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-85
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in

indoor/outdoor BB cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
NOTICE
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.1: Shutdown 9412 eNodeB (p. 4-87)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.2: Remove bCEM(s) (p. 4-89)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.3: Remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) (p. 4-90)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.4: Remove RUC/Fan Tray (p. 4-92)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.5: Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack (p. 4-94)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack (p. 4-95)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.7: Install RUC/Fan Tray (p. 4-96)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.8: Install bCEM(s) (p. 4-98)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.9: Install eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) (p. 4-99)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Procedure 4-5.10: Restore 9412 eNodeB operation (sub-rack, indoor/outdoor)

(p. 4-101)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-86
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.1: Shutdown 9412 eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to shutdown the failed 9412 eNodeB in the
indoor/outdoor BB cabinet and replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC of service interruption and take 9412 eNodeB out of service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1.
2.
3.
4.
Select Tree View and click HW Modules tab (right pane).

Click + next to HW Modules (left pane).
Right click ENB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu.
When a managed object is locked, the supported objects are temporarily disabled. If

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-87
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-88
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.2: Remove bCEM(s)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On right bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the
faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs, if installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Package the bCEM in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair
facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-89
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.3: Remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect eCCM-U or eCCM2 cables as follows:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.


connector. When complete, go to Step 4 to remove CCM.
Attention: Cover connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-90
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1. If necessary, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the
faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-91
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.4: Remove RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the RUC/Fan Tray.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the ground wire from the lug between the power terminals.
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from
eCCM-U).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-92
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Cable
(from eAM)
Alarm/
Commissioning
Cable
(from eCCM)
-48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray
Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press on the locking tab on the RUC/Fan Tray and pull on the pull ring to remove the
RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Package the RUC/Fan Tray in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate
repair facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the 9926 BBU
Sub-Rack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-93
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.5: Remove failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket from the corners of the
sub-rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide the sub-rack out of the equipment rack.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Package the sub-rack in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair
facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new 9926 BBU
Sub-Rack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-94
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide sub-rack into cabinet with the RUC/Fan Tray slot at the bottom.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Secure sub-rack with four M5x16 mounting screws with an 8 mm deep socket in the
corners of the rack. Torque to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new RUC/Fan Tray.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-95
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.7: Install RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the RUC/Fan Tray.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the ground wire to the lug between the power terminals with washer and nut.
Torque nut to 1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket.
Refer to Figure 4-3, RUC/Fan Tray connections (p. 4-5) for +24/-48 VDC RUC/Fan
Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lugs, positive-to-positive and
negative-to-negative.
2. Secure cable with the nuts and washers previously removed. Torque nuts to 1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb) with 7 mm deep socket.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAMi/o) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-96
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new bCEM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-97
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.8: Install bCEM(s)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Slide bCEM into the slot and secure with two mounting screws.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the right bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the
faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit packs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new CCM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-98
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.9: Install eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM-U, do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE

procedure.
E1/T1 connector.
Attention: Remove protective covers/caps from fiber-optic cables before connecting
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM2, do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed

in the following procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-99
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. Reference Input cable to REF IN connector, if required.
3. Reference Output cable to REF OUT connector, if required.
4. GPS cable to GPS connector, if required.
6. Backhaul cable to ports, BH1 (default), BH2, BH3, and/or BH4.
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to restore 9926 BBU.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-100
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
Procedure 4-5.10: Restore 9412 eNodeB operation

(sub-rack, indoor/outdoor)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-5.10: Restore 9412 eNodeB operation (sub-rack,

indoor/outdoor)
Overview
This procedure assumes the same circuit packs removed from the failed sub-rack are
operational and are being re-installed in the new sub-rack.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the 9412 eNodeB to an operational state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and
login as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Read Step 3 before continuing with this step.

Turn power ON to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
Without power switch, turn power ON with the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
With power switch:
1. Turn power ON with the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
2. Turn power ON with power switch (press 1) on the RUC/Fan Tray
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-101
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following step.
Verify power (and voltage) is applied to the RUC/Fan Tray, if not, check power
coming into the RUC/Fan Tray.
If power is applied, follow the LED status on each circuit pack and if necessary
recycle power to reboot system.
If the 9926 BBU reboot appears to be progressing as indicated in the LEDs,

continue with the following steps to attempt to complete the restoration and note
the LED status on each circuit pack as the steps are performed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The NE is unlocked.
eNB
D2U
FAN
RET and RET Aid Table
BB (bCEM)
CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
RRH/TRDU
TMA
Sectors
Cell Configuration
unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB.
practice.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-102
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Close NEM.
2. Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU.
3. When completed, do one of the following:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB
(network element).
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When operational, exit NEM and disconnect the NEM PC.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-103
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the SFP transceivers on the eCCM.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
5 minutes
Tools required
None
Safety
CAUTION
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-104
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
Up to six SFP transceivers are located in the eCCM-U front panel as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 4-9 eCCM-U front panel
Remove SFP transceiver
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed SFP transceiver.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC of service interruption and take the RRH associated with the failed SFP
transceiver out-of-service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the failed SFP transceiver by noting the status of the LEDs (green LEDs are OFF).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the fiber-optic cable from the SFP transceiver.

Attention: Cover optic connector ends of the fiber-optic cables with protective caps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Push in or pull down (depending on SFP type) on the locking handle and pull the SFP
transceiver out of the port.
Attention: Cover optic connector ends of the SFP transceivers with protective cap.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-105
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Store or set aside SFP transceiver until needed.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Insert SFP transceiver
Perform the following procedure to install the SFP transceiver in the eCCM-U.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Retrieve SFP transceiver. Verify the SFP is correct for the CCM connections (see the
following tables).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Locate the unused SFP transceiver port.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide the SFP transceiver into the port and pull up on the locking handle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove protective caps from SFP transceiver and fiber-optic cable and insert the cable
into the SFP transceiver. Verify the status LEDs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Have OMC test 9926 BBU and RRH.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
CPRI interface SFP optical module provisioning
The following table describes the available CCM CPRI interface Small Form-Factor
Pluggable (SFP) optical modules for cabling between the 9926 BBU and the RRH.
Table 4-9
SLI
Code Description
Provisioning Rule
1AB187280063
CPRI SFP transceiver
CPRI I-III, 850 nm,

Multi-Mode Dual Fiber (0.3
km)
Multi-Mode Dual-Fiber
(MMDF)
Rule: 1*(nb of RRH)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-106
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-9
(continued)
SLI
Code Description
Provisioning Rule
1AB194670018
CPRI SFP transceiver
CPRI I-III, 1550 nm,

Single-Mode Single Fiber, (15
km) Downlink
Single-Mode Single-Fiber
(SMSF)
Rule: 1*(nb of RRH) on d2U

side (CPRI optical output)
1AB187280065
CPRI SFP transceiver Single_Mode Dual-Fiber

(SMDF)
1310 nm, 15 km, LC

Connector
Rule: 1*(nb of RRH) on d2U
side (CPRI optical output)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-107
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection diagram
The following figure depicts the 9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection, based on the fiber
selection.
Figure 4-10 9926 BBU to RRH SFP selection diagram
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-108
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Backhaul interface SFP optical module provisioning
The following table describes the available CCM backhaul interface Small Form-Factor
Pluggable (SFP) optical modules for cabling between the 9926 BBU and backhaul
services.
Table 4-10
Backhaul interface SFP optical modules
SLI
Code Description
Provisioning Rule
3HE00027CA
Backhaul SFP GIGE SX

850 nm LC optical module
1-port 1000BASE-SX SFP,
Multi-Mode Dual-Fiber
(MMDF)
3HE00028CA
Backhaul SFP GIGE LX LC

optical module
Single-Mode Dual-Fiber
(SMDF)
850 nm, 500 m, LC

Connector
Rule, mutually exclusive with
3HE00028CA
1-port 1000BASE-LX SFP,
1310 nm, 10 km, LC
Connector
Rule, mutually exclusive with
3HE00027CA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-109
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-110
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
C
procedures for
rack-mounted 9926 BBU
Overview
Purpose

Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU in a rack-mounted (or standalone) configuration. Given the
modularity of the base stations, repairs are essentially accomplished through replacement
of the faulty component, software upgrades, and/or provisioning.
Contents
5-2
Procedure 5-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU
5-3
5-16
5-40
5-74
5-85
5-105
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Corrective maintenance procedures for rack-mounted 9926

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

BBU configuration.
Table 5-1
9926 BBU component replacement procedures
Replace
component
Procedure
RUC/Fan Tray
Procedure 5-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU (p. 5-3)
eCCM-U/
eCCM2
Procedure 5-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM (p. 5-16)
bCEM
Procedure 5-4: Replace bCEM (p. 5-74)
9926 BBU
Sub-Rack
Procedure 5-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU (p. 5-85)
SFP
transceivers
eAM
Procedure 5-6: Replace eAM (p. 5-105)
(p. 5-40)
Base Band Unit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
NOTICE
mode).
This procedure describes how to replace the RUC/Fan Tray of a 9926 BBU.
9926 BBU. The NE ID is used to identify the 9926 BBU to the network and is used to
(DHCP) server or manually. If the DHCP server is activated, the 9926 BBU sends a
unique identifier. This IP address is used by the 9926 BBU for the OAM flow. If the
DHCP server feature is deactivated, a technician must enter the OAM IP address at
commissioning time on the 9926 BBU.
number has been declared as the NE ID for the 9926 BBU. When replacing the
automatically.
Hot-swap FRU
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intervention time
duration).
Safety
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
Figures

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VDC RUC/Fan Tray.
Table 5-2
RUC/Fan Tray
SLI
Thread size
Nut size
Torque
BBU V1 +24
VDC
3JR08022AA
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
BBU V2 +24
VDC
3JR37517AA
BBU V1 -48
VDC
3JR08021AC
BBU V2 -48
VDC
3JR08021AC
(10 in-lb)
M5
8 mm
1.6 N-m
(14 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
Notes:
1.
over-torque them.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Guide
Technical support
are replacing the RUC/Fan Tray in a 9926 BBU.
Required tools

Socket wrench
ESD Strap
Replacement process
identify the eNodeB in the EMS. This redundancy allows either device to be replaced
without losing this information and maintaining communications with EMS.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
during the RUC replacement process by the CCM or EMS and cannot be reprogrammed
unlocked and operational. If the RUC is a configured RUC, the EMS receives appropriate
involved and where the given step takes place, either from OMC or on-site at 9926 BBU
(eNB).
Table 5-3
1. eNB: connect and login to NEM
1. eNB: verify power off
2. eNB: insert new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
3. OMC/eNB: lock 9926 BBU
3. eNB: connect ground wire
4. eNB: turn power off at RUC/CB
4. eNB: connect power cables
5. eNB: disconnect power cables
5. eNB: connect alarm/ commissioning cables
6. eNB: disconnect ground wire
6. eNB: notify OMC
7. eNB: disconnect alarm/ commissioning cables
7. eNB: turn power on (RUC/equipment CB)
8. eNB: pull RUC/Fan Tray out
8. eNB/OMC: observe the following:
if factory default RUC and OMC recognizes eNodeB, go to

next step.
if configured RUC and OMC does not recognize eNodeB,

9. eNB: package RUC/Fan Tray
9. OMC: unlock 9926 BBU
10. eNB: go to Install new RUC/Fan Tray
10. eNB/OMC: check/compare/ resolve alarms

11. eNB: logout NEM and disconnect NEM PC
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU (p. 5-9)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU (p. 5-12)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
Procedure 5-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE

9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926

BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed RUC/Fan Tray from the LTE 9926
BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
necessary)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If possible, check for alarms from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, use SAM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected
9926 BBU (network element).
Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status is
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the
selected 9926 BBU. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for
alarms in right panel.
Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm
status is checked again after installing the new circuit pack.
practice.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If possible, lock network element (eNodeB NE) from either OMC or NEM as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock the eNodeB NE (9926 BBU):
2. Lock eNodeB NE.
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to lock the eNodeB NE
(9926 BBU):
3. Right click eNB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu.
The NE is locked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
Without a power switch, turn power OFF at the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs.

Remove the nuts and washers.
Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside.
When completed, go to the next step.
Refer to for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray power connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
the RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in

LTE 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in the
LTE 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
locks into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
terminal lug specifications (p. 5-5) for +24 VDC and -48 VDC RUC/Fan Tray ground
connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Without a power switch, turn power ON at the equipment circuit breaker.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If factory default RUC and OMC recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.
If configured RUC and OMC do not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

(9412 eNodeB):
The NE is unlocked.
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (CEM)
CB (CCM)
RET
D2U (RUC)
and unlock them.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

in LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
panel.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When operational, exit NEM, disconnect the NEM PC.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 in the LTE
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU using NEM.
Hot-swap FRU
No
swapped.
Intervention time
department.
Replacement duration for the CCM using NEM is indicated for the following
arrangements:

not provided)
restore.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 connectors.
Table 5-4
Faceplate

GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
table
notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual
SMP
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
RJ45
(RS-232
+ 100bT)
RJ45
(GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN
1.0/2.3
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
Same as
eCCM-U
Same as
eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45
(GbE)
(3JR20
073DB)
eCCM2
P3
(3JR20
120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
unplugged.
Check CCM status
Before you begin


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview using NEM
going out to the cell site using NEM (p. 5-23).
to replace the CCM.
step takes place, either at OMC and/or at the cell site (9926 BBU) (eNB)) using NEM.
Table 5-5

Restore 9926 BBU using NEM
1. eNB: required personnel

(2)
1. eNB: disconnect backhaul

cable (SAM)
1. eNB: verify power at

RUC/Fan Tray is OFF
1. eNB: connect and login NEM

to CCM, watch for Factory
Mode or Connection Error
documentation
2. eNB: connect NEM PC and

login to NEM
2. eNB: if required, update and

using NEM
cell site using NEM
1.

screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables:
for eCCM-U, go
to Step 3
for eCCM2, go to
Step 4
3. eNB: required NEM

3. eNB: if possible, check and

clear alarms
3. eNB: connect eCCM-U

3. eNB: Restore full database

(DB) using NEM
4. eNB: required eNodeB

4. eNB: if possible, lock 9926

BBU
4. eNB: connect eCCM2 cables

(+BH). Go to Step 5
4. eNB: Set ENBEquipment

parameter to either eCCM-U or
eCCM2 to match installed CCM
using NEM
replacement CCM
5. eNB: if possible, backup

full database (DB) using NEM
5. eNB: turn power on at

RUC/CB
5. eNB: unlock 9926 BBU using

NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-5
(continued)
Restore 9926 BBU using NEM
6. eNB: close NEM and

disconnect NEM PC
6. eNB: observe CCM LEDs,
6. eNB: check/compare/ resolve

alarms using NEM.
cell site using NEM
6. eNB: required full DB

NEM PC.
properties
8. eNB: required tools
9. eNB: go to cell site and

7. eNB: turn power OFF at

RUC/CB
9926 BBU using NEM

eNodeB or contact
technical support.
if pre-LR13 load,
go to Restore
9926 BBU using
NEM
If LR13 load, PnP

configures CCM.
7. eNB: Close NEM and
disconnect NEM PC.
When completed, do one of
following:
8. eNB: disconnect CCM

cables:

to connect Backhaul cable.
For eCCM2, go to Step 9 to

check for alarms
1.
8. eNB: for eCCM-U, reconnect

Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as
follows:
2.
1.
notify OMC
2.
Connect Backhaul cable to

9926 BBU
3.
If SAM detects the eNB, go

to Step 9.
4.
If SAM cannot detect eNB,

9. eNB: disconnect eCCM-U

9. OMC: check/compare/ resolve

alarms using SAM
10. eNB: disconnect eCCM2

10. OMC: if necessary, update

network
11. eNB: Remove CCM
11. eNB: when operational,

leaves site)
12. eNB: go to Install CCM

using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-21
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
9926 BBU and RFM operation using NEM and OMC support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using NEM (p. 5-23)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-2.2: Remove CCM using NEM (p. 5-27)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-2.3: Install new CCM using NEM (p. 5-31)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-2.4: Restore CCM using NEM (p. 5-34)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-22
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

using NEM
Overview
maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using NEM.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personnel
procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Documentation

Guide
Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-23
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide and THIS procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NEM software
For field personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC. If necessary, check LTE
release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM software is not current,
download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software
repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide for NEM software installation. This procedure allows the field technician the
ability to replace the CCM using NEM only, with minimal support from OMC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB software
the NEM PC, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or
customer internal software repository.
the NEM PC.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-24
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed using NEM.
addresses must be reset using NEM before completing the procedure (refer to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB IP Security

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

present and current on the NEM PC.
Before the eCCM-U or eCCM2 field swap, a full database (DB) backup file must be
created. The DB backup includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done
from a NEM PC connected to the 9926 BBU.
with OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during
backup files and copy them to the NEM PC. If the full database (DB) backup is not
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-25
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
replacement.
tab.
OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site using NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools

ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
procedure. The OMC personnel should be backup during the replacement procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-26
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, locate the 9926 BBU, and disconnect the backhaul cable from CCM as
follows:

On eCCM2 disconnect from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3, as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
necessary)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-27
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
conditions:

From eNodeB, if a full DB backup was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform
full DB backup using NEM as follows:
6. Continue with the following step to remove NEM from the CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Logout from NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-28
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-29
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-30
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-31
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E1/T1 connector.
connecting them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM2, Do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed

in the following procedure (connect BH here).
2.
3.
4.
5.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
With power switch, turn power switch ON and BBU circuit breaker ON.
Without power switch, turn power ON at BBU circuit breaker.
From OMC, For eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-32
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PDP.
procedure, Procedure 5-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using NEM (p. 5-16) or
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-33
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
operational state using NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
for the 9926 BBU to accept the replacement CCM.
From eNodeB, Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable.


step.
following step.
the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, using NEM, update or install with the current LTE RAN load that was
operation.
NEM can manage it. Loads before LR13.1 will cause the process to fail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-34
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
downloaded onto the NEM PC before going to the cell site.
eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. This may happen after the activate operation. If this
occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the activate operation. The In progress
symbol on NEM will continue being displayed, long after the activate itself should
have completed. If this occurs, restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization,
bring up NEM again on the eNodeB. NEM should indicate that the eNodeB is in the
activate state. Follow the NEM prompts to accept the new load.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
from a locally connected NEM.
From eNodeB, Perform the following steps to restore the full eNodeB database backup
file to the 9926 BBU as follows:
eNodeB (default).
5. Click Open.
restored full DB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-35
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. If this occurs, NEM will not be able to return from the
database restoration. The In progress symbol on NEM will continue being
displayed, long after the restoration itself should have completed. If this occurs,
restart the NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring up NEM again on the
eNodeB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
with RRHs.
00000006.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-36
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
automatically.
support
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM, for example:


the CCM as follows:

from NEM:
2. Click Edit.
installed CCM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-37
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, use NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9926 BBU:
The NE is unlocked.
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (bCEM)
CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
RET
D2U (RUC)
unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU.
operational state of the 9926 BBU. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per
local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.

Close NEM.
Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU.
When completed, do one of the following:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-38
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

OMC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
From OMC, for eCCM2 only, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the
selected 9926 BBU (network element).
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-39
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
Procedure 5-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5620 SAM
Purpose
9926 BBU using the OMC SAM client.
Hot-swap FRU
No
Note: The CCM hardware is designed to be hot-swappable. However, in this
configuration it is not recommended. The procedure is written requiring power to be
removed before removing the CCM.
Intervention time
department.
arrangements:


36 min)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-40
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-41
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-42
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 connectors.
Table 5-6
Faceplate

GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
table
notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual
SMP
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
RJ45
(RS-232
+ 100bT)
RJ45
(GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN
1.0/2.3
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
Same as
eCCM-U
Same as
eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45
(GbE)
(3JR20
073DB)
eCCM2
P3
(3JR20
120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
unplugged.
Check CCM status
Before you begin


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-43
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM
going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM (p. 5-50).
to replace the CCM.
steps take place, either at OMC or at the cell site (9926 BBU (eNB)) using 5620 SAM.
Table 5-7
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
5620 SAM
1. OMC/eNB:
required
personnel (2)
1. OMC: View alarms

raised against BBU
1. eNB: when
technician reaches
cell site, contact
OMC to verify
eNodeB is locked,
and indicate ready
to remove CCM.
1. eNB: verify power

off at RUC/Fan Tray
1. OMC: Perform
an NE
reconfiguration to
restore the eNodeB
MIM
configuration.
1. OMC: download
the required
software image to
align eNodeB and
SAM.
2. OMC/eNB:
required
documentation
2. OMC: Import a
replacement software
image into 5620
SAM
2. eNB: turn power

off at RUC/PDP
2. OMC: if
necessary,
download the
required aligned
software image to
the eNodeB
2. OMC: Monitor
software upgrade
status.
1.
Insert CCM,
secure with
screws.
2.
secure EMI
bracket
3.
connect CCM
cables:
a.
for
eCCM-U,
go to
Step 3
b.
for
eCCM2,
go to
Step 4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-44
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
5620 SAM
3. eNB: connect
eCCM-U cables. Go
to Step 5
3. OMC: Perform
immediate restore
operation on
eNodeB to restore
SNMP MIB
parameters.
3. OMC: Perform
an NE
reconfiguration to
restore the eNodeB
MIM configuration.
4. eNB: disconnect
eCCM-U cables. Go
to Step 6
4. eNB: connect
eCCM2 cables. Go to
Step 5.
4. OMC: Set
ENBEquipment
parameters to
match installed
CCM by
configuring
eNodeB from
SAM with either
online or offline
configuration.
4. OMC: Perform
immediate restore
operation on
eNodeB to restore
SNMP MIB
parameters.
5. OMC: Contact
on-site technician that
eNodeB is ready for
CCM removal.
5. eNB: disconnect
eCCM2 cables. Go
to Step 6.
5. eNB: notify OMC

that CCM is installed
and power is being
applied.
5. OMC: Unlock
eNodeB
5. OMC: Set
ENBEquipment
parameters to
match installed
CCM by
configuring eNodeB
from SAM with
either online or
offline
configuration.
6. eNB: go to Remove
CCM using 5620
SAM
6. eNB: Remove
CCM
6. eNB: turn power

on at RUC/PDP
6. OMC: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
6. OMC: Unlock
eNodeB
3. OMC/eNB:
required NEM
software
(backup to
SAM
procedure)
3. OMC: Perform an
immediate backup
9926 BBU
4. OMC/eNB:
required 9926
BBU software
4. OMC: Lock 9926

BBU
5. OMC/eNB:
required MIB
backup file
6. OMC/eNB:
eNodeB MIM
backup file.
3. eNB: disconnect
CCM cables:
1.
for eCCM-U,
go to Step 4
2.
for eCCM2, go
to Step 5
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement
contact technical
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-45
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
7. OMC/eNB:
required
eNodeB
VLAN 0
transport
properties
5620 SAM
7. eNB: go to Install
CCM using 5620
SAM
7. eNB: observe
CCM LEDs,
if successful go
to next step.
if not successful,
reset eNodeB or
contact technical
support.
7. OMC: if
necessary,
continue with one
of the following:
If the network
has a
AlcatelLucent 7750
backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing,
update the
new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then
go to next
step.
7. OMC: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement
contact technical
support.
If network
has another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next
step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-46
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
8. eNB:
required tools
5620 SAM
8. eNB: Contact the

OMC, check SAM
OAM Link Status
field:
If OAM Link
Status field
displays Up,
10-15 minutes
after power-up,
go to next step.
If OAM Link
Status field
displays Down,
10-15 minutes
after power-up,
do one of
following:
restore
OAM
link at
cell site
(NEM).
If OAM
link
cannot
be
restored,
contact
technical
support.
8. eNB: when
operational secure
location
(technician leaves
site)
8. OMC: if
necessary, continue
with one of the
following:
If the network
has a
Alcatel-Lucent
7750 backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing, update
the new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then go
to next step.
If network has
another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-47
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-7
(continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9412
Restore 9412
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM
5620 SAM
eNodeB with
eNodeB with
to cell site
CCM replacement
aligned software
mis-aligned
using 5620
using 5620 SAM
using 5620 SAM
software using
SAM
9. eNB: go to
cell site and
Remove CCM
using 5620
SAM
5620 SAM
9. OMC:
Update/align 5620
SAM and eNodeB
software and
configuration as
follows:
For aligned
software: if
5620 SAM
detects an
aligned software
image and
SNMP IDs
between SAM
and eNodeB,
alarm is raised,
go to Restore
9412 eNodeB
with aligned
software using
5620 SAM
For mis-aligned
software: if
5620 SAM
detects a
mis-aligned
software image
between the
expected (in
SAM) and actual
eNodeB and
SNMP IDs,
alarms are
raised: Go to
Restore 9412
eNodeB with
mis-aligned
software using
5620 SAM.
9. eNB: when
operational secure
leaves site)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-48
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
9926 BBU operation using 5620 SAM and an on-site technician.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM
(p. 5-50)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
SAM (p. 5-54)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM (p. 5-56)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM (p. 5-58)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM (p. 5-62)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM (p. 5-68)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-49
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

using 5620 SAM
Overview
maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personnel
procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Documentation
Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NEM software (for backup)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-50
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and OMC personnel, check NEM release on the NEM PC and SAM client. If
necessary, check LTE release notes for the current NEM release. If NEM PC NEM
software is not current, download and install new release from either Alcatel-Lucent
ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network
Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for NEM software installation.
Note: In this procedure, NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure. NEM
software must be current with the eNodeB software, e.g., LR13.3.L, if it becomes
necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB software
For field and OMC personnel, have current running eNodeB software.
the NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent
ALED or customer internal software repository.
the NEM PC and SAM client.
Note: In this procedure, loading software from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM
from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed with NEM.
addresses must be reset with NEM before completing the procedure (refer to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file

For field and OMC personnel, check that the SNMP MIB backup file of the affected
eNodeB is present and current on the NEM PC and SAM client.
scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the eNodeB, check with
the OMC (SAM) personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-51
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
backup files and copy them to the NEM PC and SAM client. If the SNMP MIB is not
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIB from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM
If the eNodeB is operational; an SNMP MIB backup can be created from either OMC or
eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform an immediate backup of the SNMP MIB. Refer to 5620 SAM
From eNodeB, backup as follows:
1. Open NEM and login.
5. Click Download.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB MIM backup file

For field and OMC personnel, provide a MIM backup of the eNodeB from either the
configuration snapshot ). The MIM backup is required to restore the eNodeB if the
current active eNodeB MIM data is unavailable.
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIM from NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-52
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

site using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
replacement.
tab.
OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site with NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools

ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
procedure. The OMC personnel should be available to complete the replacement
procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-53
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

with NEM.
these steps:
2. Reset the OAM addresses at the local cell site with NEM as described above.
restore the eCCM2.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: View alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE operational state


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Import a replacement software image into the 5620 SAM, if required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-54
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To import an eNodeB
software image into the 5620 SAM, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: If an eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file was not obtained before going to the
eNodeB, if possible.
using 5620 SAM (p. 5-68) or Procedure 5-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software
using 5620 SAM (p. 5-62).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Lock the eNodeB.

eNodeB NE, (not, Procedure, To lock or unlock an eNodeB object), for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Contact on-site technician that eNodeB is ready for CCM removal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-55
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
9926 BBU at the cell site.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB: when technician reaches cell site, contact OMC to verify the eNodeB is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.


Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected to the same eCCM-U ports in the same
way they were initially connected.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-56
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Backhaul cables from ports BH1 (default) and BH3 as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-57
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

Steps
the 9926 BBU at the cell site.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-58
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
failed CCM.
E1/T1 connector.
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

failed CCM.
2.
3.
4.
5.


them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC that CCM is installed and power is being applied.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-59
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PDP.
procedure, Procedure 5-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 in 9926 BBU using 5620
SAM (p. 5-40) or contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact the OMC, check the SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link
following step.
the following:
the cell site (NEM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as
follows:
using 5620 SAM (p. 5-62) to align the configuration and then the SW if it is
required.
software using 5620 SAM (p. 5-68) to align the software and configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-60
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-61
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5620 SAM
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration to replace the eNodeB MIM with the most
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-62
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB
as follows:
displayed.
Sites form opens.
eNodeB.
box appears.
and close the form.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-63
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
displayed.
Resync button.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM, for example, eCCM-U > eCCM2 (upgrade) or eCCM2 > eCCM-U
(downgrade).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-64
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

as follows:

For eCCM2 > eCCM-Uupgrade, set the following parameters:

displayed.

the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-65
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM.
configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Unlocked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-66
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-67
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5620 SAM
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM as
follows:
displayed.
Sites form opens.
upgrade.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Monitor software upgrade status.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-68
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NE.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC: Perform an NE reconfiguration replace the eNodeB MIM with the most

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-69
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
displayed.
Resync button.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
(downgrade).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-70
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

as follows:


displayed.

the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-71
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM.
configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Unlocked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-72
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

using 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-73
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
(bCEM), bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1, in a rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
30 minutes
Safety
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-74
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the location of the bCEM in the rack-mounted 9926 BBU.
Figure 5-8 Replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU

Extractor
Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU
Connector
TEST SW
Connector
RST
(Reset)
TEST ICE
Connector
Check bCEM status
status LEDs.
Before you begin
The following information must be available at OMC and at the cell site to replace the
bCEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-75
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and where the given step takes place, either at OMC or on-site at rack-mounted 9926
BBU (eNB).
Table 5-8
bCEM replacement procedure (rack-mounted)
Remove bCEM
Install bCEM
1. eNB: check for failed bCEM LED status
1. eNB: insert new bCEM
2. OMC/eNB: connect NEM PC/open NEM
2. eNB: observe bCEM LEDs.

OMC/eNB: if required reset bCEM
3. eNB: attach EMI bracket (top slot)
4. OMC/eNB: lock cells
4. eNB: notify OMC
5. OMC/eNB: lock bCEM (BB)
5. OMC/eNB: unlock cells
6. eNB: remove EMI bracket
6. OMC/eNB: check/compare/ resolve alarms
7. eNB: loosen faceplate screws
7. OMC/eNB: close NEM/disconnect NEM PC
8. eNB: pull bCEM

9. eNB: pack bCEM
10. eNB: go to Install bCEM

Required tools
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-76
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ESD Strap
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the bCEM and restore 9926 BBU operation
(from eNodeB).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-77
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed bCEM from rack-mounted 9926
BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check status LEDs of each bCEM to determine which one has failed.
status LEDs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
necessary)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock Cells, as required:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-78
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM is not visible, click on
the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock the Cells, using NEM:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs:

Note: 9400 NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-79
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs, using NEM:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On top bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the
faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-80
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
NOTICE
9926 BBU.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-81
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE

CEMs, CCM, and RRH. For LED status, refer to Appendix D, LED status for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, perform one of the following to check bCEM status:
following step.
manually reset the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB:
1. To reset the bCEM at eNodeB, start with Sub-step 2.
To reset the bCEM at OMC, start with Sub-step 3.
2. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable and
factory configured IP address (192.168.10.1, for local NEM access only).
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open NEM and select the Tree view.

Click HW Modules.
Select the BB that is equivalent to the bCEM being replaced.
Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEM should reboot and
the following step.
bCEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On top slot bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the
faceplate.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-82
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unlock all Cells from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells:

by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button is not visible,
click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-83
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells, using NEM:
Note: If the unlock request is sent to the eNodeB and a deployment failure occurs, the
displays Unlocking in Progress. The eNodeB transmission status is unaffected
by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When operational, exit NEM, and disconnect NEM PC from BBU or close NEM at
OMC.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-84
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in a LTE 9926 BBU.

Houses eCCM-U/eCCM2 (CCM)
Houses bCEM
Houses RUC/Fan Tray or RUC/HC Fan Tray (RUC/Fan Tray)
Hot-swap FRU
No
Intervention time
duration).
Required tools

Socket wrench

ESD Strap
Safety
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-85
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for an equipment rack
installation.
Figure 5-10 Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.1: Shutdown LTE 9926 BBU (p. 5-88)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.3: Remove CCM (p. 5-91)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack (p. 5-96)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-86
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.8: Install bCEM(s) (p. 5-99)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.9: Install CCM (p. 5-100)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Procedure 5-5.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack) (p. 5-102)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-87
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
Procedure 5-5.1: Shutdown LTE 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to shutdown the failed LTE 9926 BBU and replace the
9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
necessary)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC of service interruption and take 9926 BBU out of service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-88
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Close NEM and disconnect NEM PC from CCM PORT1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-89
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs, if installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Package the bCEM in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair
facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-90
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
Procedure 5-5.3: Remove CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.


connector. When complete, go to Step 4 to remove CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For eCCM2/eCCM2-HR, if necessary, label the cables, then disconnect cables as

follows:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-91
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1. If necessary, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the
faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-92
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-93
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Cable
(from eAM)
Alarm/
Commissioning
Cable
(from eCCM)
Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
repair facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-Rack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-94
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
sub-rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-Rack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-95
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement 9926 BBU Sub-Rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide sub-rack into cabinet with the RUC/Fan Tray slot on the right side.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install RUC/Fan Tray.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-96
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the following circuit breaker and/or switch are set in the OFF position:
RUC/Fan Tray Power switch (press O), if switch is provided.

Equipment circuit breaker in OFF position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................


Power Connections
(from PDP)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-97
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
Alarm Cable
(from eAM)
Alarm/
Commissioning
Cable
(from eCCM)
Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install bCEM(s).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-98
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM(s).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the top bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center of the
faceplate. Skip this step for the other bCEMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install the CCM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-99
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
Procedure 5-5.9: Install CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM-U, do not re-connect Backhaul cable(s) to eCCM-U GE

procedure.
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the order they were on the failed
CCM.
E1/T1 connector.
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM2, do not re-connect NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed

in the following procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-100
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the order they were on the failed
CCM.
6. Backhaul cable to ports, BH1 (default) and BH3, as required.
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-101
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
Procedure 5-5.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation

(sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 5-5.10: Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation (sub-rack)

Overview
This procedure assumes the same circuit packs removed from the failed sub-rack are
operational and are being re-installed in the new sub-rack.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU to an

operational state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM and
login as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

With power switch:

1. Turn power ON with the BBU circuit breaker.
Without power switch, turn power ON with the BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-102
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

(sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the CCM status appears to be functional, continue with the following step.
coming into the RUC/Fan Tray.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The NE is unlocked.
eNB
D2U
FAN
BB (bCEM)
CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
RRH/TRDU
TMA
Sectors
Cell Configuration
unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB.
practice.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-103
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU

(sub-rack)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Close NEM.
2. Disconnect NEM PC from 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step to check for alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412 eNodeB
(network element).
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When operational, exit NEM and disconnect the NEM PC.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-104
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) located
under the rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
The eAM module provides the following functions:
Provides 8 connections (EXT ALMS 1-32, 4 alarms per connection) to monitor up to

32 external user alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software
selectable).
Provides a connection (FRAME ALARMS) for 6 frame alarms with a potential for 4
more alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable).
Provides a connection (PWR ALM) for 4 power alarms or general purpose alarms. A
logic 0, closed loop condition, normally indicates an alarm state for power
alarms.
Provides a connection (CTRL) for 1-wire data, power (5 VDC), 12C clock, and 12C
data lines.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
30 minutes
Tools required
Phillips screwdriver
Torque wrench
Safety
NOTICE
Notify SAM in case of service interruption or reduction.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-105
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
Figure 5-11 Replace eAM
9926 BBU
bCEM
M5 or M6 Phillips
or Torx Screws and
Lock Washers (2x)
Frame
Alarms
(DB25)
To 9412
eCCM-U/ RUC/Fan Tray

eCCM2
1-Wire/I C
(RJ-45)
To BBU RUC
Power
Alarm
(RJ-45)
To Power
Supply
32 User Alarms
(RJ-45 x 8)
To Site Wiring
Panel/NIU
Ground
Stud (M4)
To Site Ground
enhanced Alarm Module (eAM)
Remove eAM
Note: Be prepared to remove the Alarm cables before removing the eAM.
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify SAM of service interruption and take 9926 BBU out of service, if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect faceplate alarm cables from the eAM as follows:

1. Equipment side alarms:
Frame Alarm Cable (DP25), FRAME ALARMS.

1-Wire/I2C Alarm cable (RJ-45), ALM.
2. Network side alarms:

Integrated Power Alarm Cable (RJ-45), PWR ALM.
8 User Alarm Cables (32 alarms) (RJ-45), EXT ALM 1-32.
Ground cable (M4 lug), GND
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-106
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove two mounting screws, one on each end of the faceplate, and slide eAM out of
equipment rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install replacement eAM by continuing with the following procedure.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Install eAM
Perform the following procedure to install the eAM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide eAM into the equipment rack (see previous figure). Tighten the mounting screws at
each end of the faceplate. Torque each screw to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect faceplate alarm cables to the eAM as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in
service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note status LED (STAT) on faceplate.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Have OMC test 9926 BBU. Installation is complete when testing has passed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-107
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-108
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
C
procedures for 9926 BBU
in MBI cabinet
Overview
Purpose

Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU in a MBI cabinet. Given the modularity of the base stations,
repairs are essentially accomplished through replacement of the faulty component,
software upgrades, and/or provisioning.
Contents
6-2
Procedure 6-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet
6-3
Procedure 6-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI

cabinet
6-16
Procedure 6-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
6-40
Procedure 6-4: Replace bCEM in MBI cabinet
6-75
Procedure 6-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet
6-86
6-107
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

BBU in the MBI cabinet.
Table 6-1
Replace
component
Procedure
RUC/Fan Tray
Procedure 6-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet (p. 6-3)
eCCM-U/
eCCM2
Procedure 6-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI

cabinet (p. 6-16)
Procedure 6-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in MBI
cabinet (p. 6-40)
bCEM
Procedure 6-4: Replace bCEM in MBI cabinet (p. 6-75)
9926 BBU
Sub-Rack
Procedure 6-5: Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet (p. 6-86)
SFP transceivers
eAM
Procedure 5-6: Replace eAM (p. 5-105)
Base Band Unit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
NOTICE
mode).
This procedure describes how to replace the RUC/Fan Tray of a Alcatel-Lucent 9926
BBU, installed in an MBI cabinet.
9926 BBU. The NE ID is used to identify the 9926 BBU to the network and is used to
(DHCP) server or manually. If the DHCP server is activated, the 9926 BBU sends a
unique identifier. This IP address is used by the 9926 BBU for the OAM flow. If the
DHCP server feature is deactivated, a technician must enter the OAM IP address at
commissioning time on the 9926 BBU.
number has been declared as the NE ID for the 9926 BBU. When replacing the
automatically.
Hot-swap FRU
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Intervention time
duration).
Safety
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
Figures
The following figure shows the location of the RUC/Fan Tray in the MBI cabinet.
Figure 6-2 Replace RUC/Fan Tray module in MBI cabinet
bCEM
9412 BBU
eCCM2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

VDC RUC/Fan Tray.
Table 6-2
RUC/Fan Tray
SLI
Thread size
Nut size
Torque
BBU V1 +24
VDC
3JR08022AA
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-2
(continued)
RUC/Fan Tray
SLI
Thread size
Nut size
Torque
BBU V2 +24
VDC
3JR37517AA
M5
8 mm
1.6 N-m
BBU V1 -48
VDC
3JR08021AC
BBU V2 -48
VDC
3JR08021AC
(14 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
M4
7 mm
1.1 N-m
(10 in-lb)
Notes:
1.
over-torque them.

Guide
Technical support
are replacing the RUC/Fan Tray in a 9926 BBU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required tools

Socket wrench
ESD Strap
Replacement process
identify the eNodeB in the SAM. This redundancy allows either device to be replaced
without losing this information and maintaining communications with SAM.
during the RUC replacement process by the CCM or SAM and cannot be reprogrammed
unlocked and operational. If the RUC is a configured RUC, the SAM receives appropriate
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between SAM and the on-site technician to
involved and where the given step takes place, either from SAM or on-site at MBI cabinet
(MBI).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-3
RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview (MBI)
1. MBI: open door, connect and login to eNodeB-NEM
1. MBI: verify power off
2. SAM/MBI: check and clear alarms
2. MBI: insert new factory default RUC/Fan Tray
3. SAM/MBI: lock 9926 BBU
3. MBI: connect ground wire
4. MBI: turn power off at RUC/PDP
4. MBI: connect power cables
5. MBI: disconnect power cables
5. MBI: connect alarm/ commissioning cables
6. MBI: disconnect ground wire
6. MBI: notify SAM
7. MBI: disconnect alarm/ commissioning cables
7. MBI: turn power on (RUC/PDP/ equipment CB)
8. MBI: pull RUC/Fan Tray out
8. MBI/SAM: observe the following:
if factory default RUC and SAM recognizes eNodeB, go to

next step.
if configured RUC and SAM does not recognize eNodeB,

9. MBI: package RUC/Fan Tray
9. SAM: unlock 9926 BBU
10. MBI: go to Install new RUC/Fan Tray
10. MBI/SAM: check/compare/ resolve alarms

11. MBI: logout eNodeB-NEM and disconnect eNodeB-NEM,
close door
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from MBI cabinet (p. 6-9)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet (p. 6-12)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-1.1: Remove failed RUC/Fan Tray from MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cabinet
Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed RUC/Fan Tray from the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, connect the eNodeB-NEM PC to the eCCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test
Cable. Open eNodeB-NEM and login as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If possible, check for alarms from either SAM or MBI as follows:
From SAM, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU
(network element).
Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm status will be
From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected
9926 BBU. From Tree View, click Alarms (the word not +) to check for alarms in
right panel.
Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms. The alarm
status will be checked again after installing the new circuit pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If possible, lock network element (eNodeB) from either SAM or eNodeB-NEM as

follows:
From SAM, perform the following steps to lock the 9926 BBU:
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online configuration,
Section, ENB Equipment and eNodeB NE instance objects, Procedure, To open an
ENBEquipment properties form.
2. Click States tab.
3. Choose Locked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
4. Click Apply. A message is displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. Click Yes to confirm changes and close dialog box.

6. Close ENB Equipment form.
From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to perform the following steps to lock the 9926 BBU:
2. Right click eNB (right pane) and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu.
The NE is locked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Turn power OFF to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
With power switch:

1. Turn power OFF with power switch (press O).
2. Turn power OFF at equipment circuit breaker.
Without power switch, turn power OFF at equipment circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull back protective boot from over the terminal lugs.

Remove the nuts and washers.
Pull the cable off the terminal lugs and move aside.
When completed, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Figure 6-4, RUC/Fan Tray connections (p. 6-5) for ground connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
the RUC/Fan Tray.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-1.2: Install new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in

MBI cabinet
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the new factory default RUC/Fan Tray in the
9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
locks into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
terminal lug specifications (p. 6-5) for RUC/Fan Tray ground connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING
1. Push the cable onto the RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug, positive-to-positive (+) and
connections.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from eCCM-U).
Refer to Figure 6-4, RUC/Fan Tray connections (p. 6-5) for RUC/Fan Tray alarm
connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify SAM that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in-service
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
With power switch:

1. Turn power ON with the equipment circuit breaker.
Without power switch, turn power ON with the equipment circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If factory default RUC and SAM recognizes eNodeB, go to next step.

If configured RUC and SAM do not recognize eNodeB, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Unlocking a network element (eNodeB) enables its radio resources.

Unlock network element (eNodeB) from either SAM or eNodeB-NEM as follows:
From SAM, perform the following steps to unlock the 9412 eNodeB:
See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online configuration,
3. Choose Unlocked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9412
eNodeB:
3. Right-click eNB and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is
unlocked.
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (bCEM)
CB (CCM)
RET
D2U (RUC)
and unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Check for alarms and clear per local practice as follows:
From SAM, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412
9412 eNodeB.
practice.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When operational, exit eNodeB-NEM, disconnect the eNodeB-NEM PC at eNodeB, or

close eNodeB-NEM at SAM, and close and lock door to cabinet.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM,

in MBI cabinet
Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the eCCM-U or eCCM2 in the LTE
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet.
Hot-swap FRU
No
swapped.
Intervention time
updates for the MBI (eNodeB) and eNodeB-NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and
Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or
equivalent transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and
engineering department.
Replacement duration for the CCM using eNodeB-NEM is indicated for the following
arrangements:

not provided)
restore.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 connectors.
Table 6-4
Faceplate

GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
table
notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual
SMP
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
RJ45
(RS-232
+ 100bT)
RJ45
(GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN
1.0/2.3
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
Same as
eCCM-U
Same as
eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45
(GbE)
(3JR20
073DB)
eCCM2
P3
(3JR20
120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
unplugged.
Check CCM status
Before you begin


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview using eNodeB-NEM
going out to the cell site using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-23).
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between SAM and the on-site field personnel
to replace the CCM.
step takes place, either at SAM and/or at the cell site (9926 BBU) (MBI)) using
eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet.
Table 6-5
Remove CCM using
cell site using eNodeB-NEM
eNodeB-NEM
Install CCM using eNodeB-NEM
Restore 9926 BBU using
1. MBI: required personnel (2)
1. MBI: open door, disconnect

backhaul cable (SAM)
1. MBI: verify power off at

RUC/Fan Tray is OFF
1. MBI: connect and login

eNodeB-NEM to CCM, watch
for Factory Mode or
Connection Error
2. SAM/MBI: required
documentation
2. MBI: connect
eNodeB-NEM PC and login to
eNodeB-NEM
2. MBI: Install CCM:
2. MBI: if required, update and

using eNodeB-NEM
eNodeB-NEM
1.

screws.
2.
secure EMI bracket
3.
connect CCM cables:
for eCCM-U, go
to Step 3
for eCCM2, go to
Step 4
3. MBI: required
eNodeB-NEM software. Save
on eNodeB-NEM PC.
3. MBI: if possible, check and

clear alarms
3. MBI: connect eCCM-U

3. MBI: Restore full database

(DB) using eNodeB-NEM
4. MBI: required eNodeB

software. Save on
eNodeB-NEM PC.
4. MBI: if possible, lock 9926

BBU
4. MBI: connect eCCM2

cables (+BH). Go to Step 5
4. MBI: Set ENBEquipment

parameter to either eCCM-U or
eCCM2 to match installed CCM
using eNodeB-NEM
replacement CCM
5. MBI: if possible, Backup

full database (DB) using
eNodeB-NEM
5. MBI: turn power on at

RUC/PDP
5. MBI: unlock 9926 BBU

using eNodeB-NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-5

(continued)
Remove CCM using
eNodeB-NEM
6. MBI: required full DB

eNodeB-NEM PC.
6. MBI: close eNodeB-NEM

and disconnect eNodeB-NEM
PC

eNodeB-NEM
6. MBI: observe CCM LEDs,
9926 BBU using
eNodeB-NEM

eNodeB or contact
technical support.
if pre-LR13 load,
go to Restore
9926 BBU using
NEM
If LR13 load,
PnP configures
CCM.
6. MBI: check locked

component status, unlock using
eNodeB-NEM
7. SAM/MBI: required
properties
7. MBI: turn power off at

RUC/PDP
7. MBI: check/compare/ resolve

alarms using eNodeB-NEM.
8. MBI: required tools
8. MBI: disconnect CCM

cables:
8. MBI: Close eNodeB-NEM

and disconnect eNodeB-NEM
PC.
9. MBI: go to cell site and

1.
2.
9. MBI: disconnect eCCM-U

10. MBI: disconnect eCCM2

When completed, do one of the

following:

to connect Backhaul cable.

to check for alarms
9. MBI: for eCCM-U, reconnect

Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as
follows:
1.
notify SAM
2.
Connect Backhaul cable to

9926 BBU
3.
If SAM detects the MBI,

go to Step 10.
4.
If SAM cannot detect MBI,

10. SAM: check/compare/

resolve alarms using SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-21
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-5

(continued)
Remove CCM using
eNodeB-NEM
eNodeB-NEM
11. MBI: Remove CCM
11. SAM: if necessary, update

network
12. MBI: go to Install CCM

using eNodeB-NEM
12. MBI: when operational,

leaves site)
Steps
9926 BBU and RFM operation using eNodeB-NEM and SAM support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using eNodeB-NEM, in
MBI cabinet (p. 6-23)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2.2: Remove CCM using eNodeB-NEM, from MBI cabinet (p. 6-27)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2.3: Install new CCM using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-31)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-2.4: Restore CCM using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-34)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-22
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

site using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet
Overview
the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). SAM should have this information maintained in
maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using eNodeB-NEM, in
MBI cabinet.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personnel
The procedure requires field and SAM personnel. The field personnel (technician) goes
out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The SAM personnel provides
operational support for the field personnel during the procedure. The field and SAM
personnel should review the replacement procedure together and the role of each person.
The personnel must have direct contact with one another during the procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Documentation

Guide
For SAM personnel, must have a copy of the following documents:
Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-23
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the
eNodeB-NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN
eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide and THIS procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB-NEM software
For field personnel, check eNodeB-NEM release on the eNodeB-NEM PC. If necessary,
check LTE release notes for the current eNodeB-NEM release. If eNodeB-NEM PC
eNodeB-NEM software is not current, download and install new release from either
Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software repository. See details in 9400 LTE RAN
eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for eNodeB-NEM software
installation. This procedure allows the field technician the ability to replace the CCM
using eNodeB-NEM only, with minimal support from SAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB software
the eNodeB-NEM PC, download the current release(s) from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED
or customer internal software repository.
the eNodeB-NEM PC.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-24
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed using
eNodeB-NEM. The upgrade must be performed on the eCCM-U before upgrading to
an eCCM2 or downgrading to an eCCM-U with an LA2.0.x load.
addresses must be reset using eNodeB-NEM before completing the procedure (refer
to Procedure F-5: Set OAM Routing (p. F-27) for details).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB IP Security

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

present and current on the eNodeB-NEM PC.
Before the CCM field swap, a full database (DB) backup file must be created. The DB
backup includes SNMP data and NETCONF data. This is only done from a
eNodeB-NEM PC connected to the 9926 BBU.
with SAM personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during initial
installation). If necessary, consult the SAM administrator for the location of the backup
files and copy them to the eNodeB-NEM PC. If the full database (DB) backup is not
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-25
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and SAM personnel, provide the eNodeB VLAN 0 transport properties from
Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from
eNodeB-NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to
complete the CCM replacement.
From MBI, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows:
1. From eNodeB-NEM, select
Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties tab.
OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site using eNodeB-NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools

ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
procedure. The SAM personnel should be backup during the replacement procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-26
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-2.2: Remove CCM using eNodeB-NEM, from MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cabinet
Steps
the 9926 BBU using eNodeB-NEM, from MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, open cabinet, locate the 9926 BBU, and disconnect the backhaul cable from
CCM as follows:

On eCCM2 disconnect from ports BH1 (default) and/or BH3, as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Before connecting the eNodeB-NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls
(see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide).
From MBI, connect the eNodeB-NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test
Cable. Open eNodeB-NEM and login as follows:
necessary)
Result: eNodeB-NEM main window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected 9412
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, use NEM to lock the eNodeB (ENB):

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-27
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
conditions:

From MBI, if a full DB backup was not obtained before going to the cell site, perform
full DB backup using eNodeB-NEM as follows:
6. Continue with the following step to remove eNodeB-NEM from the CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Logout from eNodeB-NEM and disconnect eNodeB-NEM PC from CCM PORT1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-28
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-29
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-30
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-2.3: Install new CCM using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cabinet
Overview

Steps
the 9926 BBU using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

MDA port and the eNodeB-NEM PC to PORT1 until instructed to do so in the
following procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-31
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E1/T1 connector.
connecting them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! For eCCM2, Do not re-connect eNodeB-NEM PC to PORT1 until

instructed in the following procedure (connect BH here).
2.
3.
4.
5.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, turn power ON at RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
With power switch, turn power switch ON and BBU circuit breaker ON.
Without power switch, turn power ON at BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-32
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PDP.
procedure, Procedure 6-2: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in
MBI cabinet (p. 6-16) or contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-33
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-2.4: Restore CCM using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cabinet
Steps
operational state using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Before connecting the eNodeB-NEM PC to the CCM, disable/close all firewalls
(see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide).
for the eNodeB to accept the replacement CCM.


step.
following step.
the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, using eNodeB-NEM, update or install with the current LTE RAN load
operation.
eNodeB-NEM can manage it. Loads before LR13.1 will cause the process to fail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-34
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
downloaded onto the eNodeB-NEM PC before going to the cell site.
Note: Occasionally, a locally connected eNodeB-NEM PC will lose communication
with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. This may happen after the activate operation.
If this occurs, eNodeB-NEM will not be able to return from the activate operation.
The In progress symbol on eNodeB-NEM will continue being displayed, long after
the activate itself should have completed. If this occurs, restart the eNodeB-NEM PC.
When it completes initialization, bring up eNodeB-NEM again on the eNodeB. NEM
should indicate that the eNodeB is in the activate state. Follow the eNodeB-NEM
prompts to accept the new load.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
from a locally connected eNodeB-NEM.
From MBI, Perform the following steps to restore the full eNodeB database backup file
to the 9926 BBU as follows:
eNodeB (default).
5. Click Open.
restored full DB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-35
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Occasionally, a locally connected eNodeB-NEM PC will lose communication

with an eNodeB after an eNodeB boot. If this occurs, eNodeB-NEM will not be able
to return from the database restoration. The In progress symbol on eNodeB-NEM
will continue being displayed, long after the restoration itself should have completed.
If this occurs, restart the eNodeB-NEM PC. When it completes initialization, bring
up eNodeB-NEM again on the eNodeB.

From SAM, for eCCM2, at SAM wait for the following to occur before going to the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
with RRHs.
00000006.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-36
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
automatically.
support
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CCM, for example:


the CCM as follows:

from NEM:
2. Click Edit.
installed CCM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-37
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the eNodeB:
The NE is unlocked.
TMA
RRH/TRDU
BB (bCEM)
CB (eCCM-U/eCCM2)
RET
D2U (RUC)
unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926
BBU.
operational state of the 9926 BBU. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per
local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, close eNodeB-NEM and disconnect eNodeB-NEM PC from CCM as

follows:
1. Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights.
2. Close eNodeB-NEM.
3. Disconnect eNodeB-NEM PC from 9926 BBU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-38
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, for eCCM-U only, reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows:
1. Notify SAM that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back
SAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
From SAM, for eCCM2 only, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the
selected 9926 BBU (network element).
operational state of the MBI. Some alarms may not matter. Clear alarms per local
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
From SAM, if necessary, continue with one of the following:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-39
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM,

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in

MBI cabinet
Purpose
9926 BBU (eNodeB) using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet.
Hot-swap FRU
No
Note: The CCM hardware is designed to be hot-swappable. However, in this
configuration it is not recommended. The procedure is written requiring power to be
removed before removing the CCM.
Intervention time
updates for the 9926 BBU and eNodeB-NEM, MIB and MIM database files, and
Customer Information Sheet (CIS), Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ), or
equivalent transport, and commissioning data from customer network design and
engineering department.
arrangements:


36 min)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-40
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
CAUTION
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-41
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-42
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 connectors.
Table 6-6
Faceplate

GPS-RF
Ref-
connec-
In/Ref-
tor (see
Out
GPS
Alarm
Port 1
Port 2
BH1, BH2
BH3, BH4
table
notes)
eCCM-U
SMB
Dual
SMP
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
RJ45
(RS-232
+ 100bT)
RJ45
(GbE)
MDAdependent
MDAdependent
SMB
DIN
1.0/2.3
10-pin
RJ45
10-pin
RJ45
Same as
eCCM-U
Same as
eCCM-U
2 SFPs
2 RJ-45
(GbE)
(3JR20
073DB)
eCCM2
P3
(3JR20
120ABAD)
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
unplugged.
Check CCM status
Before you begin


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-43
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-51).
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between SAM and the on-site field personnel
to replace the CCM.
steps take place, either at SAM and/or at the cell site (9926 BBU (MBI)) using 5620
SAM, in MBI cabinet.
Table 6-7
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
with aligned
with mis-aligned
to cell site
CCM replacement
cabinet
cabinet
software using
software using
using 5620
using 5620 SAM, in
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
SAM, in MBI
MBI cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
1. SAM: Perform
an NE
reconfiguration to
restore the eNodeB
MIM
configuration.
1. SAM: download
the required
software image to
align eNodeB and
SAM.
cabinet
1. SAM/MBI:
required
personnel (2)
1. SAM: View alarms

raised against BBU
1. MBI: when
technician reaches
cell site, contact
SAM to verify 9926
BBU is locked, open
cabinet, and indicate
ready to remove
CCM.
1. MBI: verify
power off at
RUC/Fan Tray
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-44
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-7
CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM, in MBI

cabinet (continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
with aligned
with mis-aligned
to cell site
CCM replacement
cabinet
cabinet
software using
software using
using 5620
using 5620 SAM, in
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
SAM, in MBI
MBI cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
2. SAM: if
necessary,
download the
required aligned
software image to
the eNodeB
2. SAM: Monitor
software upgrade
status.
3. MBI: connect
eCCM-U cables. Go
to Step 5
3. SAM: Perform
immediate restore
operation on
eNodeB to restore
SNMP MIB
parameters.
3. SAM: Perform an
NE reconfiguration
to restore the
eNodeB MIM
configuration.
4. MBI: connect
eCCM2 cables. Go
to Step 5.
4. SAM: Set
ENBEquipment
parameters to
match installed
CCM by
configuring
eNodeB from
SAM with either
online or offline
configuration.
4. SAM: Perform
immediate restore
operation on
eNodeB to restore
SNMP MIB
parameters.
cabinet
2. SAM/MBI:
required
documentation
2. SAM: Import a
replacement software
image into 5620 SAM
3. SAM/MBI:
required
eNodeB-NEM
software
(backup to
SAM
procedure)
3. SAM: Perform an
immediate backup
9926 BBU
4. SAM/MBI:
required 9926
BBU software
4. SAM: Lock 9926

BBU
2. MBI: turn power

off at RUC/PDP
3. MBI: disconnect
CCM cabes:
1.
for eCCM-U,
go to Step 4
2.
for eCCM2, go
to Step 5
4. MBI: disconnect
eCCM-U cables. Go
to Step 6
2. MBI: Install
CCM:
1.
Insert CCM,
secure with
screws.
2.
secure EMI
bracket
3.
connect CCM
cables:
a.
for
eCCMU,go to
Step 3
b.
for
eCCM2,
go to
Step 4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-45
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-7

cabinet (continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
with aligned
with mis-aligned
to cell site
CCM replacement
cabinet
cabinet
software using
software using
using 5620
using 5620 SAM, in
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
SAM, in MBI
MBI cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
5. SAM/MBI:
required MIB
backup file
5. SAM: Contact
on-site technician that
9926 BBU is ready
for CCM removal.
5. MBI: disconnect
eCCM2 cables. Go
to Step 6.
5. MBI: notify SAM

that CCM is
installed and power
is being applied.
5. SAM: Unlock
eNodeB
5. SAM: Set
ENBEquipment
parameters to
match installed
CCM by
configuring eNodeB
from SAM with
either online or
offline
configuration.
6. SAM/MBI:
9926 BBU
MIM backup
file.
6. MBI: go to Remove
CCM using 5620
SAM, in MBI cabinet
6. MBI: Remove
CCM
6. MBI: turn power

on at RUC/PDP
6. SAM: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
6. SAM: Unlock
eNodeB
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement
contact technical
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-46
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-7

cabinet (continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
with aligned
with mis-aligned
to cell site
CCM replacement
cabinet
cabinet
software using
software using
using 5620
using 5620 SAM, in
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
SAM, in MBI
MBI cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
7. SAM: if
necessary, continue
with one of the
following:
7. SAM: View
remaining alarms
raised against the
eNodeB to verify
the NE operational
state.
cabinet
7. SAM/MBI:
required 9926
BBU VLAN 0
transport
properties
7. MBI: go to Install
CCM using 5620
SAM, in MBI
cabinet
7. MBI: observe
CCM LEDs,
if successful go
to next step.
if not
successful,
reset MBI
(eNodeB) or
contact
technical
support.
If the network
has a
AlcatelLucent 7750
backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing,
update the
new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then go
to next step.
If the eNodeB is
operational, the
CCM replacement is
complete. If not,
contact technical
support.
If network has
another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next
step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-47
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-7

cabinet (continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
with aligned
with mis-aligned
to cell site
CCM replacement
cabinet
cabinet
software using
software using
using 5620
using 5620 SAM, in
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
SAM, in MBI
MBI cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
8. MBI: when
operational secure
location
(technician leaves
site)
8. SAM: if
necessary, continue
with one of the
following:
cabinet
8. MBI:
required tools
8. MBI: Contact the

SAM, check SAM
OAM Link Status
field:
If OAM Link
Status field
displays Up,
10-15 minutes
after power-up,
go to next step.
If OAM Link
Status field
displays Down,
10-15 minutes
after power-up,
do one of
following:
restore
OAM
link at
cell
site
(eNodeBNEM).
If
OAM
link
cannot
be
restored,
contact
technical
support.
If the network
has a
Alcatel-Lucent
7750 backhaul
network with
dynamic
routing, update
the new CCM
MAC address
on the 7750
router, then go
to next step.
If network has
another
backhaul
network,
update as
required, then
go to next step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-48
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 6-7

cabinet (continued)
Things to do
Prepare 5620
Remove CCM using
Install CCM using
Restore 9926 BBU
Restore 9926 BBU
before going
SAM/9926 BBU for
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
with aligned
with mis-aligned
to cell site
CCM replacement
cabinet
cabinet
software using
software using
using 5620
using 5620 SAM, in
5620 SAM, in MBI
5620 SAM, in MBI
SAM, in MBI
MBI cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
cabinet
9. MBI: go to
cell site and
Remove CCM
using 5620
SAM, in MBI
cabinet
9. SAM:
Update/align 5620
SAM and eNodeB
software and
configuration as
follows:
For aligned
software: if
5620 SAM
detects an
aligned
software image
and SNMP IDs
between SAM
and eNodeB,
alarm is raised,
go to Restore
9926 BBU with
aligned
software using
5620 SAM, in
MBI cabinet
For
mis-aligned
software: if
5620 SAM
detects a
mis-aligned
software image
between the
expected (in
SAM) and
actual eNodeB
and SNMP IDs,
alarms are
raised: Go to
Restore 9926
BBU with
mis-aligned
software using
5620 SAM, in
MBI cabinet.
9. MBI: when
operational secure
leaves site)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-49
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
9926 BBU operation using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet and an on-site technician.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.1: Things to do before going out to the cell site using 5620 SAM, in MBI
cabinet (p. 6-51)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-55)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-57)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-59)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.5: Restore CCM with aligned software using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
(p. 6-63)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.6: Restore CCM with mis-aligned software using 5620 SAM, in MBI
cabinet (p. 6-69)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-50
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

site using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
the eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM). SAM should have this information maintained in
maintenance records to enable efficient repair of the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, in MBI
cabinet.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Personnel
The procedure requires field and SAM personnel. The field personnel (technician) goes
out to the cell site to perform the CCM replacement. The SAM personnel provides
operational support to restore 9926 BBU operation. The field and SAM personnel should
review the replacement procedure together and the role of each person. The personnel
must have direct contact with one another during the procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Documentation
For SAM personnel, must have a copy of the following documents:

Guide
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB-NEM software (for backup)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-51
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and SAM personnel, check eNodeB-NEM release on the eNodeB-NEM PC
and SAM client. If necessary, check LTE release notes for the current eNodeB-NEM
release. If eNodeB-NEM PC eNodeB-NEM software is not current, download and install
new release from either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer software repository. See
details in 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for
eNodeB-NEM software installation.
Note: In this procedure, eNodeB-NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure.
eNodeB-NEM software must be current with the 9926 BBU software, e.g., LR13.3.L,
if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU software

For field and SAM personnel, have current running 9926 BBU software.
Check the current running 9926 BBU software release assigned to the 9926 BBU from
either software repositories or release notes. If the running 9926 BBU software is not
present on the eNodeB-NEM PC and SAM client, download the current release(s) from
either Alcatel-Lucent ALED or customer internal software repository.
See Appendix E, Update 9926 BBU software loads to download running 9926 BBU
the eNodeB-NEM PC and SAM client.
Note: In this procedure, loading software from eNodeB-NEM is a backup to the 5620
SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
from LA2.0.x to LA3.0.x or later, then to LR13.3.L must be performed with
eNodeB-NEM. The upgrade must be performed on the eCCM-U before upgrading to
an eCCM2 or downgrading to an eCCM-U with an LA2.0.x load.
addresses must be reset with eNodeB-NEM before completing the procedure (refer to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU SNMP MIB backup file

For field and SAM personnel, check that the SNMP MIB backup file of the affected
9926 BBU is present and current on the eNodeB-NEM PC and SAM client.
scheduled backup is saved. If the backup cannot be retrieved at the 9926 BBU, check
with the SAM personnel for the latest backup from cell site records (collected during
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-52
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
backup files and copy them to the eNodeB-NEM PC and SAM client. If the SNMP MIB
is not available at all, the 9926 BBU will need to be recommissioned during installation
of the new CCM (see Appendix F, Recommission 9926 BBU for details).
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIB from eNodeB-NEM is a backup to the
5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
If the 9926 BBU is operational; an SNMP MIB backup can be created from either SAM
or MBI as follows:
From SAM, perform an immediate backup of the SNMP MIB. Refer to 5620 SAM
From MBI, backup as follows:
1. Open eNodeB-NEM and login.
5. Click Download.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU MIM backup file

For field and SAM personnel, provide a MIM backup of the 9926 BBU from either the
configuration snapshot ). The MIM backup is required to restore the 9926 BBU if the
current active 9926 BBU MIM data is unavailable.
Note: In this procedure, restoring the MIM from eNodeB-NEM is a backup to the
5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to complete the CCM replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9926 BBU VLAN 0 transport properties
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-53
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For field and SAM personnel, provide the 9926 BBU VLAN 0 transport properties from
9926 BBU during the replacement procedure.
Note: In this procedure, restoring the VLAN 0 transport properties from
eNodeB-NEM is a backup to the 5620 SAM procedure, if it becomes necessary to
complete the CCM replacement.
From MBI, if operational, copy the VLAN 0 Transport Properties as follows:
1. From eNodeB-NEM, select
Root View > Vlan 0 Properties > VLAN 0 Transport Properties tab.
OAM addresses. This has to be done at the local cell site with eNodeB-NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tools

ESD Strap
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
procedure. The SAM personnel should be available to complete the replacement
procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-54
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

replacement, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

with eNodeB-NEM.
these steps:
2. Reset the OAM addresses at the local cell site with eNodeB-NEM as described
above.
restore the eCCM2.
Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: View alarms raised against the 9926 BBU to verify the NE operational state

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Import a replacement software image into the 5620 SAM, if required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-55
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to, Chapter, NE maintenance, Procedure, To import an eNodeB
software image into the 5620 SAM, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: If an eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file was not obtained before going to the
MBI (eNodeB), if possible.
using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-69) or Procedure 6-3.5: Restore CCM with
aligned software using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-63).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Lock the 9926 BBU.


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Contact on-site technician that 9926 BBU is ready for CCM removal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-56
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet

Steps
9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI: when technician reaches cell site, contact SAM to verify the 9926 BBU is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.


Note: The CPRI cables must be re-connected to the same eCCM-U ports in the same
way they were initially connected.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-57
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-3.3: Remove CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Backhaul cables from ports BH1 (default) and BH3 as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

faceplate, rotate handle 90, and pull the eCCM-U out of the slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-58
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-3.4: Install new CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cabinet
Overview

Steps
the 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-59
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
failed CCM.
E1/T1 connector.
8. When complete, go to Step 5, to notify SAM that CCM is installed.
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

failed CCM.
2.
3.
4.
5.


them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify SAM that CCM is installed and power is being applied.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-60
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PDP.
procedure, Procedure 6-3: Replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in
MBI cabinet (p. 6-40) or contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Contact the SAM, check the SAM General tab, ENB Base Configuration, OAM Link
following step.
the following:
the cell site (eNodeB-NEM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Update/align 5620 SAM and eNodeB software and configuration as
follows:
using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-63) to align the configuration and then the
SW if it is required.
software using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet (p. 6-69) to align the software and
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-61
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
configuration.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-62
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Perform an NE reconfiguration to replace the eNodeB MIM with the most
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-63
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: if necessary, download the required aligned software image to the eNodeB
as follows:
displayed.
Sites form opens.
eNodeB.
box appears.
and close the form.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-64
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows:
displayed.
Resync button.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
(downgrade).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-65
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

as follows:

For eCCM2 > eCCM-Uupgrade, set the following parameters:
From SAM: Set the ENBEquipment parameters to match the installed CCM by

displayed.

the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-66
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM.
configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Unlock eNodeB as follows:

Unlocked.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-67
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-68
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: download the required software image to align eNodeB and SAM as
follows:
displayed.
Sites form opens.
upgrade.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Monitor software upgrade status.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-69
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NE.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Perform an NE reconfiguration replace the eNodeB MIM with the most

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-70
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Restore the SNMP MIB configuration on the selected eNodeB as follows:
displayed.
Resync button.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
(downgrade).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-71
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

as follows:

From SAM: Set the ENBEquipment parameters to match the installed CCM by

displayed.

the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-72
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM.
configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: Unlock eNodeB as follows:

Unlocked.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM: View remaining alarms raised against the eNodeB to verify the NE
support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-73
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI: When operational, secure location (technician leaves site).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-74
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
(bCEM), bCEMP1.0 or bCEMP1.1, in an Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU, in MBI cabinet.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
30 minutes
Safety
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-75
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the location of the bCEM in MBI cabinet.
Figure 6-9 Replace bCEM in MBI cabinet

Extractor
Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU
Connector
TEST SW
Connector
RST
(Reset)
TEST ICE
Connector
Check bCEM status
status LEDs.
Before you begin
The following information must be available at SAM and at the cell site to replace the
bCEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-76
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This procedure requires a coordinated effort between SAM and the on-site technician to
and where the given step takes place, either at SAM or on-site at rack-mounted 9926
BBU (MBI).
Table 6-8
bCEM replacement procedure (MBI)
Remove bCEM
Install bCEM
1. MBI: check for failed bCEM LED status
1. MBI: insert new bCEM
2. SAM/MBI: connect eNodeB-NEM PC/open

eNodeB-NEM
2. MBI: observe bCEM LEDs.
3. SAM/MBI: check and clear alarms
3. MBI: attach EMI bracket (top slot)
4. SAM/MBI: lock cells
4. MBI: notify SAM
5. SAM/MBI: lock bCEM (BB)
5. SAM/MBI: unlock cells
6. MBI: remove EMI bracket
6. SAM/MBI: check/compare/ resolve alarms
7. MBI: loosen faceplate screws
7. SAM/MBI: close eNodeB-NEM/disconnect

eNodeB-NEM PC
SAM/MBI: if required reset bCEM
8. MBI: pull bCEM

9. MBI: pack bCEM
10. MBI: go to Install bCEM

Note: Before attempting this replacement procedure, read and understand the
eNodeB-NEM operation and maintenance functions described in the 9400 LTE RAN
eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide.
Required tools
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-77
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ESD Strap
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the bCEM and restore 9926 BBU operation
(from MBI).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-78
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed bCEM from rack-mounted 9926
BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check status LEDs of each bCEM to determine which one has failed.
status LEDs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable.
necessary)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, use NEM to check and if possible, clear alarms reported on the selected
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lock all Cells from either SAM or MBI as follows:
From SAM, perform the following steps to lock Cells, as required:

2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired MBI (eNodeB).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-79
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Right-click on desired MBI (eNodeB) and choose Launch NEM from the
contextual menu. The eNodeB-NEM launches and attempts to connect to the MBI
(eNodeB).
Note: eNodeB-NEM can also be launched from the Network Element form of an
MBI (eNodeB) by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button
is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
From MBI, perform the following steps to lock the Cells, using eNodeB-NEM:
Note: If the lock request is sent to the MBI (eNodeB) and a deployment failure
occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State
parameter displays Locking in Progress. The MBI (eNodeB) transmission status
is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From SAM, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs:

menu. The eNodeB-NEM launches and attempts to connect to the eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-80
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, perform the following steps to lock all bCEMs, using NEM:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-81
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
NOTICE
9926 BBU.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-82
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEM in MBI cabinet.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE

CEMs, CCM, and RRH. For LED status, refer to Appendix D, LED status for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, perform one of the following to check bCEM status:
following step.
manually reset the bCEM from either SAM or MBI:
1. To reset the bCEM at MBI (eNodeB), start with Sub-step 2.
To reset the bCEM at SAM, start with Sub-step 3.
2. Connect the eNodeB-NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable
and factory configured IP address (192.168.10.1, for local eNodeB-NEM access
only).
3. Open eNodeB-NEM and select the Tree view.
5. Select the BB that is equivalent to the bCEM being replaced.
the following step.
bCEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-83
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unlock all Cells from either SAM or MBI as follows:
From SAM, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells:

2. Click on the plus sign to expand the view to locate the desired MBI (eNodeB).
3. Right-click on desired MBI (eNodeB) and choose Launch NEM from the
contextual menu. The eNodeB-NEM launches and attempts to connect to the MBI
(eNodeB).
MBI (eNodeB) by clicking on the Launch NEM button. If the Launch NEM button
is not visible, click on the More Actions button and choose Launch NEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-84
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................


From MBI, perform the following steps to unlock all Cells, using eNodeB-NEM:
Note: If the unlock request is sent to the MBI (eNodeB) and a deployment failure
occurs, the 5620 SAM raises a deployment failure alarm and the Administrative State
parameter displays Unlocking in Progress. The MBI (eNodeB) transmission
status is unaffected by user action at this time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, use NEM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9412
panel.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When operational, exit eNodeB-NEM, and disconnect eNodeB-NEM PC from BBU or

close eNodeB-NEM at SAM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-85
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack, installed in an MBI
cabinet.

Houses eCCM-U or eCCM2
Houses bCEM
Houses RUC/Fan Tray
Hot-swap FRU
No
Intervention time
duration).
Required tools

Socket wrench

ESD Strap
Safety
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-86
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
The following figure shows the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for an equipment rack
installation.
Figure 6-11 Replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet
bCEM
9412 BBU
eCCM2
Steps
Perform the following procedures to replace the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in an MBI
cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.1: Shutdown 9926 BBU (p. 6-89)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.3: Remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (p. 6-92)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet (p. 6-97)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-87
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.8: Install bCEMs (p. 6-100)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.9: Install CCM (p. 6-101)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Procedure 6-5.10: Restore 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet (p. 6-103)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-88
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-5.1: Shutdown 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to shutdown the failed 9926 BBU and replace the 9926
BBU Sub-Rack in the MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, Open cabinet and connect the eNodeB-NEM PC to the eCCM-U PORT1
with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open eNodeB-NEM and login as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify SAM of service interruption and take 9412 eNodeB out of service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If possible, check and clear alarms from either SAM or MBI cabinet as follows:
From SAM, use SAM to check and clear alarms reported on the selected 9926 BBU
(network element). Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter,
Troubleshooting and 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide. Make a note of any uncleared
alarms. The alarm status will be checked again after installing the new CCM.
9926 BBU. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, Tree View, Section, Alarms . Make a note of any uncleared alarms.
The alarm status will be checked again after installing the new CCM.
If additional assistance is required, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lock network element (eNodeB) from either SAM or eNodeB-NEM as follows:
From SAM, perform the following steps to lock the 9412 eNodeB:
Refer 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online configuration,
3. Choose Locked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-89
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to perform the following steps to lock the 9412
eNodeB:
3. Right click eNB and click Lock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is
locked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Close eNodeB-NEM and disconnect the eNodeB-NEM PC from CCM PORT1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Turn the power OFF to the RUC/Fan Tray as follows:
With power switch:

1. Turn OFF the power with power switch (press O),
2. Turn the power OFF at equipment circuit breaker.
Without power switch, turn the power OFF at equipment circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CEM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-90
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM(s). Unless otherwise indicated,
CEM also refers to bCEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On top CEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the center of the
faceplate. Skip this step for the other CEM circuit packs, if installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Removing bCEM improperly out of the sub-rack can damage it.
Carefully slide bCEM out of sub-rack without binding it.
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the CEM extraction hole in the middle of the circuit
pack and pull out of the slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Package the CEM in an ESD safe bag or container. If failed, ship to appropriate repair
facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the CEM.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-91
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-5.3: Remove eCCM-U or eCCM2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the eCCM-U or eCCM2. Unless otherwise
indicated, CCM refers to both eCCM-U and eCCM2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1.
2.
3.
4.


1 to OPTIC 6, as required. The CPRI cables must be re-connected to the same
eCCM-U ports in the same way they were initially connected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. Backhaul cables from BH1 to BH4 ports as required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-92
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

faceplate, rotate handle 90, and pull the eCCM-U out of the slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to remove the RUC/Fan Tray.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-93
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-94
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alarm Cable
(from eAM)
Alarm/
Commissioning
Cable
(from eCCM)
Switched
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RUC/Fan Tray.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
repair facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-Rack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-95
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed 9926 BBU Sub-Rack from the MBI
cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
sub-rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
facility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-Rack.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-96
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.6: Install new 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI

cabinet
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the replacement 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in the
MBI cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide sub-rack into cabinet with the RUC/Fan Tray slot at the bottom.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install RUC/Fan Tray.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-97
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the following circuit breaker and/or switch are set in the OFF position:
RUC/Fan Tray Power switch (press O), if switch is provided.

Equipment circuit breaker in OFF position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RUC Ground Lug
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-98
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the Alarm cable (from eAM) and Alarm/Commissioning cable (from eCCM-U).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install new bCEMs.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-99
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-5.8: Install bCEMs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 6-5.8: Install bCEMs

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEMs.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
faceplate.
Skip this step for the other bCEM circuit pack slots.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install eCCM-U.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-100
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3.
4.
5.
6.

External Sync cable to REF IN/OUT connector, if required.
Backhaul cable to GE MDA port
TRDU CPRI fiber-optic cables (with SFP transceivers), to eCCM-U ports, OPTIC 1
to OPTIC 6, as required. The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as
they were on the failed CCM.
E1/T1 connector. When complete, go to Step 4, to notify SAM that CCM is installed.
them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

OPTIC 9, as required. The CPRI cables must be re-connected in the same order as
they were on the failed CCM.
6. Backhaul cable(s) to BH1 (default connection) to BH4 ports, as required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-101
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-102
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
Procedure 6-5.10: Restore 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
This procedure assumes the same circuit packs removed from the sub-rack are operational
and are being re-installed in the new sub-rack.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to restore the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU to an

operational state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the NEM PC to the eCCM-U PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM
and login as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Without power switch, turn power ON with the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
With power switch:
1. Turn power ON with the PDP BBU circuit breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Observe the eCCM-U status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-103
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the eCCM-U status appears to be functional, continue with the following step.
If the eCCM-U status does not appear to be functional, check the following:
coming into the PDP.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926 BBU as follows:

2. Connect Backhaul cable (fiber or wire), to eCCM-U GE MDA port.
3. Determine if SAM detected the 9926 BBU as follows (may take more than 5
minutes):
a. If SAM detects the 9926 BBU, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Unlocking a network element (eNodeB) enables its radio resources.

Unlock network element (eNodeB) from either SAM or eNodeB-NEM as follows:
From SAM, perform the following steps to unlock the 9412 eNodeB:
1. Open an ENB Equipment properties form and configure the contained parameters.
See 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, eNodeB online configuration,
3. Choose Unlocked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
From MBI, use eNodeB-NEM to perform the following steps to unlock the 9412
eNodeB:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-104
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. Right-click eNB and click Unlock Module in context-sensitive menu. The NE is

unlocked.
Module in context-sensitive menu to unlock them:
TMA
RRH
BB (CEM)
CB (CCM)
RET
D2U (RUC)
and unlock them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From MBI, check the eNodeB component status as follows:

1. From eNodeB-NEM, select Tree View and the HW Modules tab in the right pane.
2. Check the status of the following components:
eNB
D2U
FAN
CB (CEM)
BB (CCM)
RRH
TMA
Sectors
Cell Configuration
If everything is unlocked, go to Step 7.
If any of the components are locked, return to Step 5 to unlock the components.
If the any component does not return to the Enabled/Unlocked state, right click the
component in eNodeB-NEM and select Reset Equipment. The component should
reset to Enabled/Unlocked.
If the components continue to remain locked, contact technical support.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-105
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check and compare alarms with those found during removal of the old eCCM-U as
follows:
9412 eNodeB.
Note: The customer must determine if remaining alarms are significant. Some alarms
may not matter. Clear alarms per local practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When operational, exit eNodeB-NEM and disconnect the eNodeB-NEM PC.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-106
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to replace the enhanced Alarm Module (eAM) located
under the rack-mounted Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
The eAM module provides the following functions:
Provides 8 connections (EXT ALMS 1-32, 4 alarms per connection) to monitor up to

32 external user alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software
selectable).
Provides a connection (FRAME ALARMS) for 6 frame alarms with a potential for 4
more alarms. Default logic for an alarm state is an open, logic 1 (software selectable).
Provides a connection (PWR ALM) for 4 power alarms or general purpose alarms. A
logic 0, closed loop condition, normally indicates an alarm state for power
alarms.
Provides a connection (CTRL) for 1-wire data, power (5 VDC), 12C clock, and 12C
data lines.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
30 minutes
Tools required
Phillips screwdriver
Torque wrench
Safety
NOTICE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-107
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures
Figure 6-12 Replace eAM
9926 BBU
bCEM
M5 or M6 Phillips
or Torx Screws and
Lock Washers (2x)
Frame
Alarms
(DB25)
To 9412

eCCM2
1-Wire/I C
(RJ-45)
To BBU RUC
Power
Alarm
(RJ-45)
To Power
Supply
32 User Alarms
(RJ-45 x 8)
To Site Wiring
Panel/NIU
Ground
Stud (M4)
To Site Ground
Remove eAM
Note: Be prepared to remove the Alarm cables before removing the eAM.
Perform the following procedure to remove the failed eAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify SAM of service interruption and take 9926 BBU out of service, if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Disconnect faceplate alarm cables from the eAM as follows:



....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-108
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove two mounting screws, one on each end of the faceplate, and slide eAM out of
equipment rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install replacement eAM by continuing with the following procedure.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Install eAM
Perform the following procedure to install the eAM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide eAM into the equipment rack (see previous figure). Tighten the mounting screws at
each end of the faceplate. Torque each screw to 2.8.N-m (25 in-lb).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect faceplate alarm cables to the eAM as follows:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notify OMC that service is being restored and prepare to place 9926 BBU back in
service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note status LED (STAT) on faceplate.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Have OMC test 9926 BBU. Installation is complete when testing has passed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-109
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

cabinet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-110
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Part II: 9926 BBU

Upgrade/Reconfiguration
Procedures
Overview
Purpose
This part describes upgrades and/or reconfiguration procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent
9926 Base Band Unit
Contents
Chapter 7, Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
7-1
Chapter 8, Add new cell to eNodeB
8-1
Chapter 9, Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation
9-1
Chapter 10, Reconfiguring cells
10-1
Chapter 11, Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation
11-1
Chapter 12, Configure 9926 BBU for Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band Operation

(Commercial Carrier Aggregation (CA))
12-1
Chapter 13, Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit Mode operation
with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
13-1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
II-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
II-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
7 dd/remove bCEM
A
to/from 9926 BBU
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to add an another bCEM (from 1 to 2 or from 2 to 3) to an

existing 9926 BBU. Mainly done locally on 9926 BBU site except for final check from
OMC/SAM: hot insertion, sector creation from NEM, updated HW view from OMC, any
impact of current telecom traffic on other bCEM, or rollback process in case of a
problem. The bCEM is also referred to as the broadband board (BB) or modem.
Contents
Hardware issues
7-1
Procedure 7-1: Install a new bCEM
7-2
Procedure 7-2: Remove existing bCEM
7-4
Hardware issues
Hot swap
The bCEM is capable of hot swapping in a 9926 BBU. Once inserted OAM detects the
circuit pack and updates the 9926 BBU OAM as necessary
Circuit pack removal
Removing a circuit pack without correct preparation can result in OAM disabling LTE
cells unexpectedly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Before you begin
Verify there is an open modem slot in the 9926 BBU. If an bCEM is being replaced, refer
to for details.
The 9926 BBU must have a minimum of one bCEM (one sector) for one sector operation.
Up to two additional bCEMs can be added to the 9926 BBU for six sector operation.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to install an bCEM in an open 9926 BBU modem slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CEMs, CCM, and RFMs (TRDU or RRH). For LED status, refer to Appendix D, LED
status for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform one of the following:
The bCEM should reset automatically when power is applied. Installation complete.
after 5 minutes and the bCEM does not reset, perform the following steps to manually
reset the bCEM:
1. Physically connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test
Cable or contact OMC to connect to the 9926 BBU remotely.
For RJ45 NEM Test Cable details, refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network
Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Introduction, Section, Hardware
Requirements, Sub-Section, Cabling.
2. Open NEM.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click the Tree view icon (see Chapter, Tree View, Section, Hardware Modules ).
Click the desired 9926 BBU, then click HW Modules.
Select the disabled BB in the bCEM being replaced.
Right click BB, a context-sensitive menu opens, and click Reset Equipment to
reset the BB (bCEM). The bCEM should reboot and download active software
automatically. When a managed object is reset, the supported objects are
temporarily disabled.
the following step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
bCEM.
Result: Once the bCEM is inserted in one of the modem slots, the 9926 BBU OAM
detects the bCEM and proceeds to verify if it has the correct software; if the bCEM
does not have the correct software, the 9926 BBU OAM proceeds to update the
bCEM software. Once the bCEM has the correct software; the bCEM is initialized
and if it passes initialization, the operational state is set to enabled. The bCEM is
ready to support LTE cells.
Reference: Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, State Management, Section, Managed Objects , Sub-Section,

Operational state transitions, Sub-heading, BB operational state for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On far right (or top) bCEM, insert EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw into the center
of the faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, add new LTE cells to the bCEM. Refer to Chapter 8, Add new cell to
eNodeB for details.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure describes how to remove a bCEM with minimum loss of service.
Carefully read the procedure and understand the interactions in the system before
proceeding.
Since it is not known which LTE cells are supported on which bCEM, all LTE cells
should be locked before removing the bCEM, or just remove the bCEM. If just removed,
the 9926 BBU OAM process detects the bCEM is no longer available; changes the
operational state of the BB MO associated with the bCEM to disable if it is not already
set to disable. When the BB MO is set to disable, the LTE cells supported on this BB
MO is set to disable as well.
Steps
NOTICE
Loss of service
Not locking the associated LTE cells can result in an unexpected loss of service.
Identify and lock the LTE cells before removing the bCEM board.
Perform the following procedure to remove the bCEM (sector/cell) from the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the bCEM is not locked, perform the following steps to manually lock the bCEM:
1. Connect the NEM PC to the CCM PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable or contact
OMC to connect to the 9926 BBU remotely.
For RJ45 NEM Test Cable details, refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element
Manager (NEM) User Guide, Chapter, Introduction, Section, Hardware
Requirements, Sub-Section, Cabling.
2. Open NEM.
3. Click the Tree view icon (see Chapter, Tree View, Section, Hardware Modules ,
Sub-Section, Display Hardware Module Status).
4. Click the desired 9926 BBU, then click HW Modules.
5. Select the BB (bCEM) to be locked.
6. Right click BB, a context-sensitive menu opens, and click Lock Module to lock the
BB (bCEM).
7. When completed, continue with the following step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On far right (or top slot) bCEM, remove EMI bracket and small flat Torx screw from the
center of the faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Loosen two mounting screws from the faceplate. Do not remove screws from faceplate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Insert the T-Handle extraction tool in the bCEM extraction hole in the middle of the
circuit pack and pull bCEM out of the slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Do not leave slot open. Damage to the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU circuit packs will occur
due to inadequate cooling airflow.
Insert replacement bCEM or blank filler pack to maintain proper air flow.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

8
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to add a new cell to an eNodeB.

Contents
LTE cell creation
8-1
Procedure 8-1: Add new cell to eNodeB
8-3
LTE cell creation

Purpose
This section describes how a cell is created for the eNodeB.

Overview
The LTE cell represents the cell supported by the local eNodeB. The eNodeB OAM
consists of the Call Processing XML domain that allows the operator to configure cells,
S1 and X2 communication links, Radio Trace sessions and other related parameters. For
this task the operator can use the wizard featured in the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS. With
the cell creation a new set of channels is proposed for UL and DL.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LTE cell creation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Definitions
The following terms are used in this procedure:
Cell MO represents one LTE carrier on a sector in the eNodeB. A cell is supported by
a BB and a Sector. The BB generates a digital signal based on the configuration
parameters associated with the Cell. The digital signal generated by the BB is fed to
the RFM that supports the Sector associated with the Cell.
X2 MO represents the X2-C control plane connection to an adjacent eNodeB in the
LTE network. An eNodeB can have X2-C connections to multiple adjacent eNodeBs.
The X2-U user plane connections to adjacent eNodeBs are not monitored by this MO.
S1 MO represents the S1-C control plane connection to a peer MME in the LTE
network. An eNodeB can have S1-C connections to multiple MMEs. The S1-U user
plane connections to MMEs or SGWs are not monitored by this MO.
Baseband Board (BB or bCEM) represents the hardware unit that supports the
baseband processing function. In this release, each bCEM can be mapped up to three
sectors. A second or third bCEM can be added for multi-band and/or multi-carrier
configurations.
Carrier (or Controller) Board (CB, eCCM-U or eCCM2) represents the
motherboard on the D2U. CB is a container object that represents all the components
housed on the motherboard such as the CPU that runs the OAM and Call Processing
control software, the Network Processing Unit, CPRI switch, GigE switch, SRIO
switch, compact flash, optional oscillator, optional GPS receiver and various other
devices.
Radio Frequency Module (RFM) represents the RRH, TRDU, or R-OCM. The
RFM uses the CPRI interface to communicate with the BBU via the CPRI ports on
the eCCM-U.
LTE cell creation process
During LTE cell creation, the operator has to use the algorithm of centralized PCI
implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS in order to allocate the PCI to the cell.
Centralized automatic allocation of PCI is one of the SON features. It consists of
generating, from the OAM system, a PCI value for each cell and ensuring its uniqueness
with respect to the neighbor cells and the neighbor's neighbor cells.
During creation at the cell level, the concerned eNodeB equipment can require a reset
operation. Creation only requires a reset if Class A objects or parameters were created,
deleted, or modified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
This procedure provides instructions to add new cell to eNodeB.

Note: Unless indicated otherwise, the references cited in this procedure are from the
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE RAN User Guide.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to add new cell to eNodeB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configure the eNodeB offline using the 5620 SAM offline configuration procedure as
follows:
1. From 5620 SAM client, create a configuration snapshot instance of the eNodeB being
updated. Refer to Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Configuration snapshots,
Procedure, To create a snapshot instance, for details.
Result: Configuration snapshot is stored in the /opt/5620sam/server/nms/
activation/snapshot_export directory.
2. From the 9952 WPS, prepare the new configuration, run checks, and export the delta
workorder (WO) as follows (refer to 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for
details):
a. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS operating procedures,
Section, Checks management, Procedure, Check network objects, to check the
delta workorder.
b. Refer to Chapter, General Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS operating procedures,
Section, Data sharing management, Procedure, Deliver a workorder for
activation, to export the delta workorder back to 5620 SAM client.
3. From 5620 SAM client, activate and deploy the delta workorder to the eNodeBs as
follows:
a. Refer to Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure,
To create an activation session to activate the workorder.
b. Refer to Chapter, Offline configuration, Section, Activation manager, Procedure,
To deploy a WO using the activation manager to deploy the workorder to an
eNodeB.
Note: The eNodeB is unlocked and the cells are locked after the workorder is
deployed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock cells from SAM client:
1. Right-click affected eNodeB and select Logical view. Equipment view is displayed.
2. Click (+)Cells, then right-click Cell element and select Properties.
3. Change administrative state from locked to unlocked and click OK and Yes to confirm
change.
4. Repeat steps for other locked cells.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the performance data to ensure the Telecom traffic is available for the updated
eNodeBs.
Refer to Chapter, Statistics, Section, PM statistics, Procedure, To configure a RAN
performance management policy, to check performance data.
Reference: Also, refer to 5620 SAM Statistics Management Guide for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From 5620 SAM client, check that no alarms are raised on the updated eNodeB.
Reference: Refer to the following guides and procedures to check for alarms from
the eNodeBs:
Refer to 5620 SAM User Guide, Chapter, Alarm management, Section, Alarm
management procedures, Procedure, To view alarms raised against equipment,
logical components, and services, to view alarms.
Refer to 5620 SAM Alarm Reference, Chapter, Alcatel-Lucent 9xxx eNodeB
alarms, for eNodeB alarm descriptions.
Refer to 5620 SAM Troubleshooting Guide, to troubleshoot reported alarms from
the eNodeB.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
9 onfigure 9926 BBU for

C
Dual-Band, Dual-Modem
Operation
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to configure the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU with one bCEM
already installed for dual-band, dual-modem operation. The procedure adds a second
bCEMP1.0 or greater and a second set of RFMs (RRHs/TRDUs, up to three) for the
second band.
Notices
Note: The term 9926 BBU refers to either the 9412 eNodeB or a distributed 9926
BBU throughout this procedure.
Contents
Preparation
9-2
9-9
Procedure 9-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with two modems
9-12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preparation
Purpose
The following information describes what is needed to upgrade a Alcatel-Lucent 9926

BBU, with a bCEM already installed, and adding a second bCEM to configure for a
dual-band cell site.
Note: The bCEM must be a bCEMP1.0 or greater.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
1 hour
Safety
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figures

Extractor
Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU
Connector
TEST SW
Connector
RST
(Reset)
TEST ICE
Connector
The following figure shows a dual-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs installed and six
RFMs (RRHs/TRDUs) (up to three for each band). Refer to Table 9-1, Supported RFM
combinations for dual-band operation (p. 9-4) for supported RFM combinations.
Figure 9-2 Dual-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs
9926 BBU
CCM
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #1
bCEM #1
Band #1
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #2
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #3
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #1
bCEM #2
Band #2
RRH
Band #1
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #2
Sector #1
RRH
Band #2
RRH
Band #1
Sector #2
RRH
Band #2
RRH
Band #1
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #3
Sector #3
RRH
Band #2
Required software
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEM

installation:
LTE Release 6.0 or later)

SAM 10.0 Rx or later
Current SNMP MIB backup files (must be loaded on NEM PC)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LA6.0 NEM or later

LA6.0 MIM or later
Consult the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD
Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for current software requirements.
Required license
Parameter, isDualCarrierEnabled, requires a license token activation. Refer to

Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI) Customer
License Manager User Guide for details. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access
Network Feature Activation Procedure for feature activation procedures.
Required hardware
The following hardware must be installed and operational (single-band) before the second
bCEM is installed in the 9926 BBU:
9926 BBU V2 sub-rack

eCCM-U (CA/CB) or eCCM2

One bCEM
Up to three RFMs for one band (refer to Table 9-1, Supported RFM combinations for
dual-band operation (p. 9-4) for supported RFM combinations)
The following hardware must be available for the dual-band upgrade:
One bCEM
Up to three RRHs/TRDUs need to be installed and CPRI lines run to the 9926 BBU
for the second band (refer to Table 9-1, Supported RFM combinations for dual-band
operation (p. 9-4) for supported RFM combinations)
The following RFM (RRH/TRDU) combinations are supported when the 9926 BBU is
configured for dual-band operation.
Table 9-1
Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation
RFM combinations
Description
2x40-07L and 2x40-07U
2x40W 700 MHz Lower (Band 13) and

2x40W 700 MHz Upper (Band 17)
2x40-07L and 2x40-AWS
2x40W 700 MHz Lower (Band 13) and

2x40W 1721 MHz AWS (Band 4)
2x40-08 and 2x40-26
2x40W 800 MHz (Band 20) and 2x40W 2600

MHz (Band 7)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, consult with Alcatel-Lucent Technical Support for the latest product
configurations/updates.
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager LTE Parameter Reference

Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes
License Manager User Guide
Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure
Alcatel-Lucent LTE FDD Remote Radio Head (RRH) Technical Description
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Distributed Base Station (DBS) LTE Base Band Unit (BBU)
Technical Description
Required tools

Socket wrench

ESD Strap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware procedure overview
upgrade the 9926 BBU with two bCEMs and up to six RFMs. The following table
illustrates the upgrade procedures involved and where the given steps take place, either at
OMC or on-site at the 9926 BBU.
Note: The 9926 BBU must be operational with a single bCEMP1.0 or greater and the
appropriate number and type of RFMs for the first band.
Configure 9926 BBU hardware
The following table outlines the installation of the bCEM and RFMs for the second band
in the 9926 BBU.
Table 9-2
Configure 9926 BBU hardware procedure overview
Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU
Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU
1. eNB: Remove blank filler plate.
1. eNB: Run and dress CPRI cables from RFMs to the

9926 BBU.
2. eNB: Slide bCEM into slot and secure
2. eNB: Plug the CPRI cables into CCM CPRI ports,

OPTIC 4, OPTIC 5, and OPTIC 6. Do not swap
existing CPRI cable ports with new CPRI cable ports.
3. eNB: Perform one of the following to check bCEM

status:
3. eNB: Check LED status on the CCM and bCEM.
Check bCEM LEDs for normal operation (Green

LED on, Red LED off). bCEM resets
automatically when power is applied
If bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do

not change after 15 minutes and does not reset,
manually reset bCEM
4. eNB: When complete, go to Connect RFMs to 9926

BBU
4. eNB: When complete, go to Procedure 9-2:

Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with
two modems (p. 9-12).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation
The following table outlines the configuration of the 9926 BBU for dual-band operation
with two bCEMs and up to six RFMs.
Table 9-3
Modify workorder
Export a single workorder

to 5620 SAM
Configure 9926 BBU

offline from 5620 SAM
1. OMC: From 9952 WPS

main window, select the
Workorders tab.

Workorders tab.
1. OMC: Use SAM activation

manager to validate and
deploy WO to eNodeB
2. OMC: Select workorder to

modify from Workorders tree
2. OMC: Select the workorder

to export from Workorders
sub-tree.
2. OMC: Use SAM

configuration snapshot to
export eNodeB configuration
data in form of snapshot files.
3. OMC: Either from

context-sensitive functions
menu (right-click), or from
Workorders menu, select Set
workorder as current.
3. OMC: From either the

menu (right-click) or
Workorders menu, select
Export workorder and on
live server repository
3. OMC: Automatically or
manually transfer snapshot
files to application servers:
4. OMC: When completed, if

all operations have to be
tracked, click Save Report
in the proper folder. Click
Close to the close the
window.
4. OMC: Navigate to the

proper folder where the
workorder (.xwo) will be
stored, type in File Name,
then click Save.
4. OMC: Perform file

management tasks for CM
XML files and log files
related to activation.
5. OMC: If needed, change

NE values using operational
procedures, or per object or
per attribute changes. Once
NE values have been
changed, go back to the
Workorders tab and select the
current workorder.

Close.
5. OMC: Reset eNodeB
6. OMC: From Change panel

select network object changes
to modify them for the desired
eNodeB.
6. OMC: When completed, go

to Configure 9926 BBU
offline from 5620 SAM.
6. OMC: Check and clear

alarms as required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 9-3

(continued)
Modify workorder

to 5620 SAM
Configure 9926 BBU

7. OMC: Either from

menu (right-click) or from
Workorders menu, inhibit or
disinhibit changes
7. OMC: Test cell for call

processing. If successful, go
8. OMC: Once all

modifications needed have
been completed, from the
Workorders menu, click
Recompute planning view.
8. eNB: When operational,

disconnect NEM PC
9. OMC: Click Yes.

10. OMC: When completed,
if all operations have to be
Close to end procedure.
11. OMC: Current network
can then be checked. Repeat
from Step 5 until workorder is
properly modified.
go to Export a single
workorder to 5620 SAM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
This procedure describes how to install the second bCEM (bCEMP1.0 or greater) and
connect the RFMs to the CCM.
Note: This procedure assumes the 9926 BBU is installed and operational in a
single-band configuration with up to three RFMs installed. Refer to Table 9-1,
Supported RFM combinations for dual-band operation (p. 9-4) for supported RFM
combinations.
Steps
Preform the following procedures to install the second bCEM and connect the RFMs to
the CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.1: Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU (p. 9-10)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.2: Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU (p. 9-11)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 9-1.1: Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.1: Install second bCEM in 9926 BBU

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the second bCEM (bCEMP1.0 or greater).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove blank filler plate from available slot.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Insert bCEM into the slot, and secure with the two faceplate mounting screws.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform one of the following to check bCEM status:
Check that the bCEM LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off)
after about 15 minutes and should reset automatically. Continue with the following
step.
If the bCEM LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes and
does not reset (disabled, failed status), perform the following steps to manually reset
the bCEM through NEM (opened locally or from SAM):
1. Select the Tree view.
3. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEM.
the following step.
bCEM.
If the bCEM continues to fail, contact technical support.
Note: Additional LED status information can be found in Appendix D, LED status.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When complete, continue with the following procedure.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 9-1.2: Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-1.2: Connect RFMs to 9926 BBU

Before you begin
The RFMs (RRHs/TRDUs) must be properly installed and cabled before they can be
connected to the 9926 BBU. If necessary, contact technical support to have them
installed.
Steps
Perform the following steps to connect the RFMs to the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Run and dress CPRI cables from RFMs to the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! Before connecting the CPRI cables, verify the SPF connectors have been
properly cleaned before connecting them to the CCM.
Plug the CPRI cables into CCM CPRI ports, OPTIC 4, OPTIC 5, and/or OPTIC 6.
Note: It is not recommended to swap existing CPRI cables and CCM ports (Ports 1-3)
with the new CPRI cables and CCM ports (Ports 4-6). If the cables and ports are
changed the 9926 BBU must be reconfigured. Refer to Chapter 10, Reconfiguring
cells for details.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check LED status on the CCM and bCEM.

Reference: Refer to Appendix D, LED status, for additional information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When complete, continue with the following procedure, Procedure 9-2: Configure 9926
BBU for dual-band operation with two modems (p. 9-12).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 9-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation

with two modems
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-band operation

with two modems
Overview
This procedure assumes the initial 9926 BBU is operational with Band 1 and RFMs
properly configured.
Steps
Preform the following procedures to configure the eNodeB for dual-band operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.1: Modify workorder (p. 9-13)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM (p. 9-15)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 9-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM (p. 9-17)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 9-2.1: Modify workorder
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
This procedure describes how to modify (inhibit or disinhibit) attributes, values, or

changes that belong to a workorder. This procedure includes synchronization of the
current network with the current workorders. However, the technician can modify a
workorder without impacting the current network. Ensure that the workorder to modify is
part of the workspace.
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE for additional
information.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to modify the current workorder to include the
parameters for the dual-band configuration.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS main window, select the Workorders tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the workorder to modify from the Workorders tree.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click), or from the Workorders
menu, select Set workorder as current.
Result: A Setting current workorder window is displayed with a progress bar.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, if all operations have to be tracked, click Save Report in the proper
folder. Then click Close to the close the window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If needed, change network element values using operational procedures, or per object or
per attribute changes. Once the network element values have been changed, go back to
the Workorders tab and select the current workorder.
Result: The current Workorder is updated with the attribute value change.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the change panel, select the network object changes to change/update the following
ENBEquipment/Enb/lteCell parameters as required:
isDualCarrierEnabled/ (true)
expectedModemType/ (bCEM)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If needed, from the Inhibit change panel select the attribute changes to modify them.
Use SHIFT+click or CONTROL+click to select multiple objects or attributes.
Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Macro and Metro
Products Parameters Reference Guide, for details.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Either from the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or from the Workorders
menu, inhibit or disinhibit changes using the following commands:
Inhibit network change

Disinhibit network change
Inhibit changes for subtree
Disinhibit changes for subtree

Result: The Workorders tree root is displayed in red followed by (misaligned).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Once all the modifications needed have been completed, from the Workorders menu, click
Result: A Confirmation window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes.
Result: A Recompute network window with a progress bar is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
folder. Click Close to end the procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
The current network can then be checked. Repeat from Step 5 until the workorder is
properly modified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 9-2.2: Export a single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
This procedure describes how to export a workorder.

Important! When exporting a single workorder in CM XML format, the
Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS creates a _reverse.xwo workorder file. If the activation of
the workorder leads to a problem in the live network, the reverse workorder can be
used to restore the network back to its initial state. Thus, Alcatel-Lucent recommends
using this procedure to provide an easy way to restore the network.
NOTICE
Inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for network elements may cause a service
disruption.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that all workorders be merged into one workorder prior to
exporting to live network elements. Once you have exported a simple workorder, the
exported workorder might contain inconsistent (or unset) attribute values for a live
network element. Exporting a workorder will create a _reverse.xwo workorder file that
can be used to restore the live network to its initial state.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to export the workorder to 5620 SAM.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The workorders tree is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the workorder to export from the Workorders sub-tree.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From either the context-sensitive functions menu (right-click) or Workorders menu, select
Export workorder and on live server repository
Important! The Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS) backup
function does not save Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM (9952 WPS) workorders and a full
5620 SAM restore removes the workorders from the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM
server. If needed, the user must save workorders on the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC
then retransfer them from the Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS PC to the Alcatel-Lucent
5620 SAM server.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: A Select an output file window is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Navigate to the proper folder where the workorder (.xwo) will be stored, type in the File
Name, then click Save.
Result: An Export workorder window with a progress bar is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
folder. Click Close.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 9-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU offline from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to configure the 9926 BBU for dual-band operation with
the activation manager. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Offline
configuration, for additional information and procedures.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the activation manager function of the 5620 SAM to validate and deploy WOs to
eNodeBs as follows:
1. Create an activation session. See Procedure , To create an activation session.
2. Deploy a WO by using the activation manager. See Procedure, To deploy a WO using
the activation manager.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the configuration snapshot function of the 5620 SAM to export eNodeB
configuration data in the form of snapshot files.
1. Create a snapshot instance. See Procedure, To create a snapshot instance.
2. Take configuration snapshots manually. See Procedure, To take a configuration
snapshot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Automatically or manually transfer snapshot files to the following application servers:
9952 WPS
9459 NPO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform file management tasks for CM XML files and log files related to activation as
required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Unlock the bCEM from either OMC or eNodeB as follows:
From OMC, perform the following steps to unlock the bCEM:

9400 NEM support, Procedure, To launch the 9400 NEM from the 5620 SAM
client GUI for more details.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Under HW Modules, select BB (bCEM) of interest.
7. Right-click BB and select Unlock Module.
From eNodeB, perform the following steps to unlock the bCEM using NEM:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Attention: Perform this step only if the software is not loaded on the new bCEM after
reset occurs from the previous step.
From OMC, reset eNodeB as follows:
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the affected eNB from the list.

Right click the eNB and select Reset Equipment.
The eNodeB reboots and downloads active software automatically.
If the eNodeB restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue with the
following step.
If the eNodeB does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed bCEM
(P1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From OMC, test cell for call processing. If successful, go to the following step.
Note: If the testing fails and it looks as though the cell cannot be successfully placed
in service, contact technical support.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, when operational, disconnect the NEM PC, and if necessary, close and
lock door to cabinet.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
10
Reconfiguring cells
10
Procedure 10-1: Reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs

Overview
This procedure describes how to reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs, and moving CPRI

cables between CCM ports to change the number of sectors configured on the 9926 BBU.
The following documentation is required to complete the reconfiguration of the cells:
Guide
Alcatel-Lucent 9952 Wireless Provisioning System Version 3.0 User Guide for LTE

Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM LTE Alarm Reference
Required software
This procedure requires a minimum software load of LA6.0.x or later.

Also, create the following delta workorders (*.xwo):
One to delete one or more cells (DeleteCellx.xml)

One to delete one or more CPRI connections. (DeleteCPRIx.xml)
One to add one or more cells (AddCellx.xml)

One to add one or more CPRI connections. (AddCPRIx.xml)
One to reconfigure the sector(s) (reconfigSectorx.xml)
The software load and workorders should be loaded on the NEM PC before going to the
cell site.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reconfiguring cells
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Steps
Perform the following procedure to reconfigure ports/sectors/RFMs, and moving CPRI

cables between CCM ports in an existing band.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use NEM (from SAM or on site) to check which cells (Cell Configuration) are assigned
to the RFMs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to delete
the cell(s) (DeleteCell1.xml). This will cause an eNodeB reboot.
Result: The following figure shows the result of the reboot. Note Cell_1 is missing
from Cell Configuration tab.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reconfiguring cells
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference: Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, Chapter, Commissioning Wizard for information on importing delta

workorders into the BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove CPRI cable (or CPRI-SFP cable) and wait for RFM communication alarm
(RFM CommFail 4006006!) to display on Active Alarms tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to delete
CPRI equipment (deleteCPRI1.xml).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reconfiguring cells
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To clear Alarm Window, remove SFP (ignore if SFP already pulled).

If SFP Alarm is still present, the alarm disappears after eNodeB reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If disabled sector is still displayed after deleting RFM, close and reopen the NEM, the
alarm disappears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reconfiguring cells
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Plug the SFP(s) and CPRI cable(s) (or SFP-CPRI cable) into the correct CCM OPTICx
port (x=1-6) as previously assigned.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to add the
CPRI equipment (addCPRIx.xml (x=1-6)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use NEM Commissioning Wizard to import delta workorder (*.xwo) to BBU to add the
cell(s) (AddCellx.xml (x=1-6)). This will cause an eNodeB reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When complete, return to the appropriate procedure and if necessary, create a workorder
to reconfigure the sector(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reconfiguring cells
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
11
11
Configure
9926 BBU for
Dual-Carrier, Single-Band
Operation
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to configure the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for dual-carrier,
single-band operation. This procedure requires two bCEMs, assuming a bCEMP1.1 is
already installed and operational.
Contents
Preparation
11-1
Procedure 11-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation
11-9
Procedure 11-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation
11-12
11-19
Preparation
Purpose

BBU for dual-carrier, single-band operation with two bCEMs installed.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
1 hour
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
Figures

Extractor
Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU
Connector
TEST SW
Connector
RST
(Reset)
TEST ICE
Connector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows a dual-carrier, single-band 9926 BBU with two bCEMs
installed and three FDD RRH 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS.
Figure 11-2 Dual-carrier, single-band 9926 BBU
9926 BBU
CCM
RRH #1
Carrier #1
Carrier #2
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #1
bCEM #1
Band #1
Sector #1
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #2
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #3
RRH #2
Carrier #1
Carrier #2
Sector #2
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #2
Sector #1
bCEM #2
Band #1
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #2
Sector #2
RRH #3
Carrier #1
Carrier #2
Sector #3
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #2
Sector #3
Required software
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the bCEM

installation:
LTE Release LA6.0 or later

SAM 11.0 Rx
LA6.0 NEM
LA6.0 MIM
Current SNMP MIB backup files for 9926 BBU being upgraded (must be loaded on
NEM PC)
Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for specific software requirements.
Required license
Parameter, isDualCarrierEnabled, requires a license token activation. Refer to

License Manager User Guide for details. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access
Network Feature Activation Procedure for feature activation procedures.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required hardware
The following hardware must be installed and operational before the second bCEM is
installed in the 9926 BBU:
9926 BBU V2 sub-rack (d2Uv5)

eCCM-U (CA/CB) (3JR20073CB) or eCCM2
bCEMP1.1
Supported FDD RRHs as follows:
Single 4x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH per sector (Alcatel-Lucent)
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRHs, master-slave configuration, per sector (OEM)
The following hardware must be available for the upgrade:
One bCEMP1.1
Three CPRI link rate 3 fiber optic cables
The following LTE and CDMA documents must be available for this procedure.
LTE documentation
The following LTE documents must be available for this procedure:


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Required tools

Socket wrench
ESD Strap
Procedure overview
upgrade the 9926 BBU (eNB). The following table illustrates the upgrade procedures
involved and where the given steps take place, either at OMC or on-site at the 9926 BBU
(eNB).
Note: The 9926 BBU is already operational with a single bCEM.
Install second bCEM hardware procedure overview
The following table outlines the installation of the bCEM and connection of the RRHs to
the 9926 BBU.
Table 11-1
Install second bCEMP1.1
Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU
1. eNB: Remove blank filler plate next to bCEMP1.1.
1. eNB: Run and dress CPRI cables from RRHs to the

9926 BBU.
2. eNB: Slide bCEMP1.1 into slot and secure
2. eNB: Plug the CPRI cables into SPF connectors

(1-3) on CCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 11-1
(continued)
Install second bCEMP1.1
3. eNB: Perform one of the following to check

bCEMP1.1 status:
3. eNB: Check LED status on the CCM and

bCEMP1.1.
Check bCEMP1.1 LEDs for normal operation

(Green LED on, Red LED off). bCEMP1.1 resets
If bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED

on) do not change after 15 minutes and does not
reset, manually reset bCEMP1.1
4. eNB: When complete, go to Connect RRHs to 9926

BBU

Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation
(p. 11-12).
The following table outlines the configuration of the 9926 BBU for dual-carrier
operation.
Table 11-2
Modify workorder

to 5620 SAM
Configure BBU (eNodeB)


Workorders tab.

Workorders tab.

deploy WO to BBU (eNodeB)


sub-tree.
2. OMC: Use SAM

export BBU (eNodeB)
configuration data in form of
snapshot files.
3. OMC: Either from


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 11-2

(continued)
Modify workorder

to 5620 SAM


window.

then click Save.


NE values have been
current workorder.

Close.
5. OMC: Reset BBU

(eNodeB)
6. OMC: From Change pane

BBU (eNodeB).

to Configure 9412 eNodeB

alarms as required.
7. OMC: Either from

disinhibit changes

8. OMC: Once all


disconnect NEM PC
9. OMC: Click Yes.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 11-2

(continued)
Modify workorder

to 5620 SAM


properly modified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 11-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier,

single-band operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for dual-carrier,

single-band operation
Overview
This procedure describes how to install the second bCEMP1.1 and connect the RRHs to
the eCCM-U.
single-carrier configuration with up to three RRHs installed.
Steps
Preform the following procedures to install the second bCEMP1.1 and connect the RRHs
to the CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.1: Install second bCEMP1.1 (p. 11-10)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.2: Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU (p. 11-11)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 11-1.1: Install second bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-1.1: Install second bCEMP1.1

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the bCEMP1.1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This procedure assumes the 9926 BBU is operational with a single bCEMP1.1.
Remove blank filler plate next to the bCEMP1.1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Insert bCEMP1.1 into open slot, and secure with the two faceplate mounting screws.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform one of the following to check bCEMP1.1 status:
Check that the bCEMP1.1 LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED
off) after about 15 minutes and should reset automatically. Continue with the
following step.
If the bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes
and does not reset (disabled, failed status), perform the following steps to manually
reset the bCEMP1.1 through NEM (opened locally or from SAM):
3. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEMP1.1.
4. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEMP1.1 should reboot
and download active software automatically.
5. If the bCEMP1.1 restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue
with the following step.
If the bCEMP1.1 does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed
bCEMP1.1.
If the bCEMP1.1 continues to fail, contact technical support.
Note: Additional LED status information can be found in Appendix D, LED status.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 11-1.2: Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following steps to connect the 4x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH per sector to the
9926 BBU. Refer to Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRH (OEM) configuration
(p. 11-19) if the two OEM 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRHs are connected to the BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Run and dress CPRI cables from RRHs to the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Plug the CPRI cables into available SPF connectors (1-3) on CCM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check LED status on the CCM and bCEMP1.1.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
BBU for dual-carrier operation (p. 11-12).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 11-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier

operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-2: Configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation

Overview
This procedure assumes the initial 9412 eNodeB is operational with the appropriate band
and RRHs configured.
Steps
Perform the following procedures to configure the 9926 BBU for dual-carrier operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-2.2: Export single workorder to 5620 SAM (p. 11-15)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM (p. 11-17)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

information.
Steps
parameters for the dual-carrier configuration.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The current workorder is updated with the attribute value change.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Propagate the dual-carrier template into an existing configuration (workorder). Refer to

the Release Notes for Dual-Carrier Templates for parameter details.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
properly modified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 11-2.2: Export single workorder to 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

Important! When exporting a single workorder in CM XML format, the
Alcatel-Lucent 9952 WPS creates a _reverse.xwo workorder file. If the activation of
the workorder leads to a problem in the live network, the reverse workorder can be
used to restore the network back to its initial state. Thus, Alcatel-Lucent recommends
using this procedure to provide an easy way to restore the network, if necessary.
NOTICE
disruption.
Steps

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM server.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure 11-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline

from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 11-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from

5620 SAM
Steps
Perform the following procedure to configure the 9412 eNodeB for dual-carrier operation
with the activation manager. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide, Chapter, Offline
configuration, for additional information and procedures.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
BBUs (eNodeBs) as follows:
1. Create an activation session. See Procedure , To create an activation session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
snapshot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9952 WPS
9459 NPO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3.
4.
5.
6.

following step.
(P1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Overview
Two 2x40W 1900 MHz PCS RRHs (OEM) are daisy chained to appear as a single logical
unit (each sector) to achieve the 4Rx diversity required for the dual-carrier, single-band
configuration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RRH cabling
The following figure shows how the two RRHs are daisy-chained to provide the
necessary 4x4 RRH configuration for each sector.
Figure 11-3 RRH cabling for dual-carrier, single-band configuration
When connecting the RRHs to the BBUs (CDMA/LTE, CPRI), temporarily connect the
CDMA BBU to RRH #1, and a special user alarm cap on RRH #2 CPRI to designate
RRH #2.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
12
12
Configure
9926 BBU for
Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band
Operation (Commercial
Carrier Aggregation (CA))
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to configure a Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU for multi-carrier,
multi-band operation, such as Commercial Carrier Aggregation (CA). This procedure
requires up to three bCEMs, assuming a bCEMP1.1 is already installed and operational.
Commercial Carrier Aggregation (CA)
When CA is planned for a future update but disabled, one or three bCEMs can be
installed with the third bCEM locked (disabled) from an earlier upgrade. It is normal in an
eNodeB with eCCM-U in LR13.3 and Commercial Carrier Aggregation (CA) disabled.
This is because in LR13.3, OAM-C is controlling the number of HSIQs assigned per
bCEM and it makes sure the total of 6 HSIQs in eCCM-u is not exceeded. When CA is
enabled, bCEM1, bCEM2 and bCEM3 get 2 HSIQs each. When CA is disabled, bCEM1
and bCEM2 get 3 HSIQ each, while bCEM3 gets no (zero) HSIQ. In this case the 3rd
bCEM should be locked. When in LR14.1 with CA enabled the bCEM should be
unlocked.
Note: All three bCEMs must be unlocked before the Carrier Aggregation feature is
activated.
Refer to, 9400 LTE RAN Feature Activation Procedure, for activation procedure, list
the parameters to activate and configure, and list prerequisites before mapping cells.
Contents
Preparation
12-2
Procedure 12-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for multi-carrier, multi-band operation
12-9
Procedure 12-2: Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation
12-13
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Configure 9926 BBU for Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band Operation

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preparation
Purpose

BBU for multi-carrier, multi-band operation and Carrier Aggregation reconfiguration.
Hot-swap FRU
Yes
Intervention time
1 hour
Safety
NOTICE
NOTICE
ESD hazard
Figures

Extractor
Hole
4 LED Status
TEST BBU
Connector
TEST SW
Connector
RST
(Reset)
TEST ICE
Connector
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows a multi-carrier, multi-band 9926 BBU with three bCEMs
installed and nine RFMs.
Figure 12-2 Multi-carrier, multi-band 9926 BBU
9926 DBS
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #1
CCM2
Sector #1
RRH #0
Carrier #1
RRH #1
Carrier #2
bCEM #1
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #2
RRH #2
Carrier #3
Bandwidth #1
Carrier #1
Sector #3
Sector #2
Bandwidth #2
Carrier #2
Sector #1
RRH #3
Carrier #1
RRH #4
Carrier #2
bCEM #2
Bandwidth #2
Carrier #2
Sector #2
RRH #5
Carrier #3
Bandwidth #2
Carrier #2
Sector #3
Bandwidth #3
Carrier #3
Sector #1
bCEM #3
Bandwidth #3
Carrier #3
Sector #2
Sector #3
RRH #6
Carrier #1
RRH #7
Carrier #2
RRH #8
Carrier #3
Bandwidth #3
Carrier #3
Sector #3
Required software
The following software/backup files must be available/installed before the additional

bCEM installation:
LTE Release LR13.3.L or later

SAM 11.0 Rx or later
LR13.3.L NEM
LR13.3.L MIM
LR13.3.L 9952 WPS installed on a PC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Current SNMP MIB backup files for 9926 BBU being upgraded (must be loaded on
NEM PC)
Alcatel-Lucent Golden Parameters Template for LR13.3.L is available and loaded in
WPS. Contact your Alcatel-Lucent Customer Team representative for information on
how to access the Golden Parameters Template.
Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for specific software requirements.
Required license
Parameter, ActivationService:isTriCarrierEnabled, requires a license token activation.

Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI)
Customer License Manager User Guide for details. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE
Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure for feature activation procedures.
For CA, a license exists for Carrier Aggregation. The licensing token should be available
before activating this feature.
Required hardware
The following hardware must be installed and operational before the second/third bCEM
is installed in the 9926 BBU:
One 9926 BBU V2 sub-rack (d2Uv5)

One RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray
One eCCM2/eCCM-U (CCM)
One bCEMP1.1
Up to three CPRI link rate 5 fiber-optic cables connected between the CCM and
RFMs
Up to three supported FDD RRHs/TRDUs
The following hardware must be available for the tri-carrier (CA) upgrades:
Up to two bCEMP1.1s
Up to six CPRI link rate 5 fiber optic cables connected between the CCM and RFMs
The following LTE and CDMA documents must be available for this procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LTE documentation
The following LTE documents must be available for this procedure:

Required tools

Socket wrench

ESD Strap
Procedure overview
upgrade the 9926 BBU (eNB). The following table illustrates the upgrade procedures
involved and where the given steps take place, either at OMC or on-site at the 9926 BBU
(eNB).
Note: The 9926 BBU must start with at least one operational bCEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install second/third bCEM hardware procedure overview
The following table outlines the installation of the bCEM and connection of the RRHs to
the 9926 BBU.
Table 12-1
Install second/third bCEMP1.1 hardware procedure overview
Install second/third bCEMP1.1
1. eNB: Connect NEM PC to CCM and log in.
1. eNB: Run and dress CPRI cables from RRHs to the

9926 BBU.
2. eNB: Remove blank filler plates (1 or 2) from 9926

BBU.
2. eNB: Plug CPRI cables into eCCM2 SPF

connectors (4-9) or eCCM-U SPF connectors (4-6)
3. eNB: Slide new bCEMP1.1 into slot next to first

bCEMP1.1 and secure
5. eNB: perform one of the following to check

bCEMP1.1 status:
4. eNB: Perform one of the following to check second

bCEMP1.1 status:

(Green LED on, Red LED off) after about 15
minutes and should reset automatically

reset, manually reset bCEMP1.1 from NEM.
In case bCEM is the second one in the 9926 BBU,

go to Step 5.
In case bCEM is third one in the 9926 BBU, and

CA is required, make sure it is unlocked and
operational before activating the CA feature.
In case this bCEM is the third one in the 9926

BBU and CA is not required, lock the bCEM.

(Green LED on, Red LED off). bCEMP1.1 resets

reset, manually reset bCEMP1.1
For early installation, CA not activated, lock third

bCEMP1.1 from NEM.
For current installation, unlock third bCEMP1.1

before activating CA.
When complete, go to Step 4.

Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation
(p. 12-13).
5. eNB: When complete, go to Connect RRHs to 9926

BBU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table outlines the configuration of the 9926 BBU for multi-carrier
operation (CA).
Table 12-2
Modify workorder

to 5620 SAM


Workorders tab.

Workorders tab.

deploy WO to BBU (eNodeB)


sub-tree.
2. OMC: Use SAM

export BBU (eNodeB)
configuration data in form of
snapshot files.
3. OMC: Either from



window.

then click Save.


NE values have been
current workorder.

Close.
5. OMC: Reset BBU

(eNodeB)
6. OMC: From Change pane

BBU (eNodeB).

to Configure BBU (eNodeB)

alarms as required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Preparation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 12-2
Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation procedure

overview (continued)
Modify workorder

to 5620 SAM

7. OMC: Either from

disinhibit changes

8. OMC: Once all


disconnect NEM PC
9. OMC: Click Yes.

properly modified.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 12-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for multi-carrier,

multi-band operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-1: Upgrade 9926 BBU for multi-carrier,

multi-band operation
Overview
This procedure describes how to install the bCEMP1.1 and connect the RRHs to the
eCCM2.
single-carrier configuration with up to three RRHs installed.
Steps
Preform the following procedures to install the second/third bCEMP1.1 and connect the
RRHs to the eCCM2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-1.1: Install second and/or third bCEMP1.1 (p. 12-10)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-1.2: Connect RRHs to 9926 BBU (p. 12-12)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 12-1.1: Install second and/or third bCEMP1.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to install the second and/or third bCEMP1.1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect NEM PC to CCM and log in.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This procedure assumes the 9926 BBU is operational with a single bCEMP1.1.
Remove blank filler plates (1 or 2) from 9926 BBU slots.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Slide new bCEMP1.1 into slot next to first bCEMP1.1 and secure with the two faceplate
mounting screws.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Perform one of the following to check new bCEMP1.1 status:
Check that the bCEMP1.1 LEDs show normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED
off) after about 15 minutes and should reset automatically.
If the bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes
and does not reset (disabled, failed status), perform the following steps to manually
reset the bCEMP1.1 through NEM (opened locally or from SAM):
3. Select the BB from the list that is equivalent to the installed bCEMP1.1.
4. Right click the BB and select Reset Equipment. The bCEMP1.1 should reboot
and download active software automatically.
5. If the bCEMP1.1 restores to the enabled state, installation is complete, continue
with the following step.
If the bCEMP1.1 does not restore to enabled state, repeat steps or replace failed
bCEMP1.1.
If the bCEMP1.1 continues to fail, contact technical support.
In case bCEM is the second one in the 9926 BBU, go to Step 5.

In case bCEM is third one in the 9926 BBU, and CA is required, make sure it is
unlocked and operational before activating the CA feature.
In case this bCEM is the third one in the 9926 BBU and CA is not required, lock the
bCEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Important! Unlock the bCEM and make sure it is operational before:

Performing an inter or intra-release software upgrade
Activating the Carrier Aggregation feature
Note: Additional TRDU LED status information can be found in Appendix D, LED
status. For RRHs, refer to the appropriate RRH technical description or maintenance
guide for LED status.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following steps to connect the RRHs (one per sector) to the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Run and dress CPRI cables from RRHs to the 9926 BBU.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Plug CPRI cables into eCCM2 SPF connectors (4-9) or eCCM-U SPF connectors (4-6).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. eNB: perform one of the following to check bCEMP1.1 status:
Check bCEMP1.1 LEDs for normal operation (Green LED on, Red LED off).
bCEMP1.1 resets automatically when power is applied
If bCEMP1.1 LEDs (Green LED on, Red LED on) do not change after 15 minutes
and does not reset, manually reset bCEMP1.1
For early installation, CA not activated, lock third bCEMP1.1 from NEM.
For current installation, unlock third bCEMP1.1 before activating CA.

When complete, go to Step 4.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
BBU for multi-carrier operation (p. 12-13).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 12-2: Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier

operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-2: Configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier

operation
Overview
This procedure assumes the initial 9926 BBU is operational with the appropriate band and
RRHs configured.
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature Activation Procedure
for activation and reconfiguration parameters and procedures.
Steps
Perform the following procedures to configure the 9926 BBU for multi-carrier operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-2.2: Export single workorder to 5620 SAM (p. 12-16)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from 5620 SAM (p. 12-18)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

information.
Steps
parameters for the multi-carrier configuration.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The current workorder is updated with the attribute value change.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Propagate the multi-carrier template into an existing configuration (workorder). Refer to

the Release Notes for Multi-Carrier Templates for parameter details.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
properly modified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview

Important! When exporting a single workorder in CM XML format, the 9952 WPS
creates a _reverse.xwo workorder file. If the activation of the workorder leads to a
problem in the live network, the reverse workorder can be used to restore the network
back to its initial state. Thus, Alcatel-Lucent recommends using this procedure to
provide an easy way to restore the network, if necessary.
NOTICE
disruption.
Steps

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5620 SAM server.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 12-2.3: Configure 9926 BBU (eNodeB) offline from

5620 SAM
Steps
Perform the following procedure to configure the 9412 eNodeB for multi-carrier
operation with the activation manager. Refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN User Guide,
Chapter, Offline configuration, for additional information and procedures.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
BBUs (eNodeBs) as follows:
1. Create an activation session. See Procedure, To create an activation session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
snapshot .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9952 WPS
9459 NPO
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3.
4.
5.
6.

following step.
(P1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


from 5620 SAM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
practice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
13
13
Upgrade
9412 eNodeB for
Combined Transmit Mode
operation with
TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to upgrade the 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit Mode
operation with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs.
Contents
Procedure 13-1: Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit Mode operation
with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
13-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit Mode

operation with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
Procedure 13-1: Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined

Transmit Mode operation with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1: Upgrade 9412 eNodeB for Combined Transmit

Mode operation with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs
Purpose
This procedure describes how to configure a 9412 eNodeB from a 2T2R, Normal
Transmit Mode (2T2R NTM, with normal power output), configuration to a 2T2R,
Combined Transmit Mode (2T2R CTM, with high power output), configuration using
TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs.
Note: This procedure assumes the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor RF
cabinet includes the necessary components and internal cabling as described in
Prerequisites (p. 13-8). It also assumes that six antennas and cabling have been
installed.
Configurations
The following figure shows a typical three sector configuration with three TRDUs (one
per sector) in a 2T2R, Normal Transmit Mode (with normal power output, 60 W per
antenna port), configuration.
The 2T2R, Normal Transmit Mode (2T2R NTM), configuration using TRDU2x60-AWS
TRDUs, requires two antennas per TRDU, one TRDU per sector. This configuration is the
starting point for this upgrade to the 2T2R Combined Transmit Modes (2T2R CTM).
Figure 13-1 2T2R, Normal Transmit Mode configuration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows a typical three sector configuration with six TRDUs (two per
sector) in a 2T2R, Combined Transmit Mode (with high power output, 120 W per antenna
port), configuration.
The 2T2R, Combined Transmit Mode, configuration requires two TRDUs per sector and
only one antenna per TRDU. Unused antenna ports must be terminated/capped.
Figure 13-2 2T2R, Combined Transmit Mode configuration
Hot-swap FRU
No
The affected/installed 9412 eNodeB must be powered down. The following procedures
assume the TRDUs, antennas, and RF cabling are already installed.
Intervention time
This procedure requires 3-4 hours to install a second 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor RF
cabinet with TRDUs, cabling, and provisioning. This does not include the initial
installation and provisioning of the initial 9412 eNodeB Compact BB/RF cabinet
configuration or the installation of six antennas.
Required tools

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Socket wrench

ESD Strap
Safety
WARNING
Personal Injury
Improper handling of the TRDU may cause personal injury.
Use both hands when removing or installing the TRDU. Faceplate corners can cause
injury if the TRDU is not properly handled during transportation, removal, and
installation. Transport TRDUs to a site in their original shipping container and do not
remove until ready for installation.
NOTICE
Applying power to an unterminated TRDU can damage the unit.
Only apply power to the TRDU AFTER ALL RF cables and antennas are properly
connected to prevent damage to the unit.
NOTICE
Notify OMC (5620 SAM administrator) in case of service interruption or reduction in
service.
Steps
Perform the following procedures to upgrade the 9412 eNodeB for a Combined Transmit
Mode configuration with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.1: Shutdown 9412 eNodeB (p. 13-6)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.2: Install TRDU2x60-AWS configured 9412 eNodeB OD RF cabinet

(RF2) (p. 13-8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.3: Connect CPRI cables between BB1, RF1, and RF2 (p. 13-10)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.4: Connect RF cables between TRDUs and antennas (p. 13-12)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.5: Apply power to eNodeB (p. 13-16)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.6: License and activate feature (p. 13-17)

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
This procedure shuts down the operational Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact
Outdoor cell site, with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs installed, and being upgraded from
2T2R Normal Transmit Mode to 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode configuration. This is a
prerequisite to reconfiguring antennas and installing a second Alcatel-Lucent 9412
eNodeB Compact Outdoor RF cabinet with TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs installed in it.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to shutdown the 9412 eNodeB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................


...................................................................................................................................................................................................
panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to install/reconfigure the

antennas for 2T2R CTM operation.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 13-1.2: Install TRDU2x60-AWS configured 9412

eNodeB OD RF cabinet (RF2)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
The following procedure describes how to install the TRDU2x60-AWS configured 9412
eNodeB OD RF cabinet (RF2).
Note: This procedure assumes the TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs have been installed and
pre-wired in the 9412 eNodeB OD RF cabinet at the factory.
Prerequisites
The following components are required to install the 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode
configuration:
An already operational Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor BB/RF

cabinets (BB1 and RF1) with the following components:
One Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit V2
One enhanced Core Controller Module-2 (eCCM2) or enhanced Core Controller

Module (eCCM-U), unless otherwise noted, CCM is used for common references.
Two broadband Channel Element Module (bCEM)s
One Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU Sub-Rack (d2UV5)
One RUC/High-Capacity Fan Tray

Three TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs for the 2T2R, Normal Transmit Mode
configuration (see Figure 13-1, 2T2R, Normal Transmit Mode configuration
(p. 13-2))
Ancillary components (PDPs, fans, cables (CPRI, power, Backhaul, GPS, etc.),
eAMi/o
Six antennas and cabling (two per TRDU).
A second Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor RF cabinet (RF2) with the
following components:
Three TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs.

Ancillary components (PDPs, fans, cables (CPRI, power, antenna), eAMo.
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode configuration requires only one antenna, cable,
and a terminator for unused antenna connection per TRDU. Three antennas are
moved from existing TRDUs to new TRDUs (see Figure 13-2, 2T2R, Combined
Transmit Mode configuration (p. 13-3)).
Mounting platform for the cabinet: wall, equipment rack, or floor-mounted stand.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor RF cabinet (RF2)
Perform the following procedure to install the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact
Outdoor RF cabinet, RF2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install appropriate cabinet mounting platform. Keep in mind distance from BB1/RF1 and
accessibility to RF2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Mount Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Outdoor RF cabinet on appropriate

mounting platform.
Note: Use the appropriate lifting device when mounting the cabinet.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Install appropriate conduits for power and control cabling between BB1 and RF2 or RF1
and RF2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label and run power, ground, and control cables between BB1 and RF2 or RF1 and RF2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect grounding cable to RF2 grounding location (exterior of cabinet), and if

necessary, to the mounting platform.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WARNING
Electric-shock hazard can cause damage to the equipment.
Verify power is NOT ON at this point in the procedure. Only apply power when
instructed.
Connect unpowered power cable between BB1 cabinet PDP and RF2 cabinet PDP DC
power connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to connect CPRI cables between
BB1, RF1, and RF2.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 13-1.3: Connect CPRI cables between BB1, RF1,

and RF2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

and RF2
Steps
Perform the following procedure to connect the CPRI cables between BB1 (CCM), RF1
(TRDU 1-3), and RF2 (TRDU 4-6).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label CPRI cables, BB-RF1 to BB-RF3, and run from BB1 to RF1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Label CPRI cables, BB-RF4 to BB-RF6, and run from BB1 to RF2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure illustrates the CPRI cabling between BB1 (CCM), RF1, and RF2.
Figure 13-3 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode CPRI cabling
SECTOR2
SECTOR1
SECTOR3
Dx
Dx
ANT3
ANT1
T
R
D
U
1
T
R
D
U
2
T
R
D
U
3
RF1
CPRI
1-3
BB1
CPRI
4-6
BBU
ANT6
ANT4
T
R
D
U
4
T
R
D
U
5
T
R
D
U
6
RF2
2T2R COMBINED TRANSMIT MODE

TRDU=TRDU2x60-AWS
BBU=d2Uv5 subrack, eCCM/eCCM2,
2x bCEM,RUC V5
Connect the CPRI cables between BB1 (CCM), RF1, and RF2 as described in the
following table.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


and RF2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 13-1
CPRI cable connections between BB1, RF1, and RF2
From BB1 CCM CPRI

ports
CPRI cable (label

cables)
To RF1 and RF2
TRDU CPRI PRI

connector
OPTIC1
BB-RF1
RF1
TRDU 1
OPTIC2
BB-RF2
RF1
TRDU 2
OPTIC3
BB-RF3
RF1
TRDU 3
OPTIC4
BB-RF4
RF2
TRDU 4
OPTIC5
BB-RF5
RF2
TRDU 5
OPTIC6
BB-RF6
RF2
TRDU 6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to connect RF cables between
TRDUs and antennas.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 13-1.4: Connect RF cables between TRDUs and

antennas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

antennas
Prerequisite
The antennas should already be installed and identified before performing this procedure.
Steps
Perform the following procedure to connect RF cables between TRDUs and antennas.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect RF cables between the TRDU TX1/RX1 and TX2/RX2 connections and the RF
cabinet, RF feedthru, connectors as described in the following tables.
For 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode, the following figure illustrates the RF cabling.
Figure 13-4 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode RF cabling
SECTOR2
SECTOR1
SECTOR3
Dx
Dx
ANT3
ANT1
T
R
D
U
1
T
R
D
U
2
T
R
D
U
3
RF1
CPRI
1-3
BB1
CPRI
4-6
BBU
ANT6
ANT4
T
R
D
U
4
T
R
D
U
5
T
R
D
U
6
RF2
2T2R COMBINED TRANSMIT MODE

TRDU=TRDU2x60-AWS
BBU=d2Uv5 subrack, eCCM/eCCM2,
2x bCEM,RUC V5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


antennas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode, connect RF cables/50 ohm terminators as

described in the following table.
Table 13-2
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode TRDUs to RF feedthru connectors
Sector
RF cabinet
TRDU Connectors
RF feedthru
connector (see
following figure)
RF1
TRDU 1 - TX1/RX1
ANT1
RF1
TRDU 1 - TX2/RX2
Terminator 1
ANT2, leave
unterminated
RF1
TRDU 2 - TX1/RX1
ANT3
RF1
TRDU 2 - TX2/RX2
Terminator
ANT4 leave
unterminated
RF1
TRDU 3 - TX1/RX1
ANT5
RF1
TRDU 3 - TX2/RX2
Terminator
ANT6 leave
unterminated
RF2
TRDU 4 - TX1/RX1
ANT1
RF2
TRDU 4 - TX2/RX2
Terminator
ANT2 leave
unterminated
RF2
TRDU 5 - TX1/RX1
ANT3
RF2
TRDU 5 - TX2/RX2
Terminator
ANT4 leave
unterminated
RF2
TRDU 6 - TX1/RX1
ANT5
RF2
TRDU 6 - TX2/RX2
Terminator
ANT6 leave
unterminated
Notes:
1.
Remove cable from TRDU and attach terminator.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


antennas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows the top of the cabinet and the RF feedthru connectors.
Figure 13-5 RF feedthru connectors
Note: Screw on each RF connector finger tight, then use torque wrench to tighten to
2.3 Nm (20 in-lb). Use a second wrench to hold connector in place when securing
cable connections.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect RF cables between the RF cabinet, RF feedthru connectors and the antennas as
described in the following tables.
For 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode, connect RF cables as described in the following
table.
Table 13-3
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode RF cables to antennas
Sector
RF cabinet
TRDU
Connectors
RF feedthru
connector
Antenna
RF1
TRDU 1 TX1/RX1
ANT1
ANT1
RF1
TRDU 1 TX2/RX2
ANT2, No
connection
RF1
TRDU 2 TX1/RX1
ANT3
RF1
TRDU 2 TX2/RX2
ANT4, No
connection
RF1
TRDU 3 TX1/RX1
ANT5
RF1
TRDU 3 TX2/RX2
ANT6, No
connection
ANT2
ANT3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


antennas
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 13-3
2T2R Combined Transmit Mode RF cables to antennas
(continued)
Sector
RF cabinet
TRDU
Connectors
RF feedthru
connector
Antenna
RF2
TRDU 4 TX1/RX1
ANT1
ANT4
RF2
TRDU 4 TX2/RX2
ANT2, No
connection
RF2
TRDU 5 TX1/RX1
ANT3
RF2
TRDU 5 TX2/RX2
ANT4, No
connection
RF2
TRDU 6 TX1/RX1
ANT5
RF2
TRDU 6 TX2/RX2
ANT6, No
connection
ANT5
ANT6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to apply power to eNodeB.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 13-1.5: Apply power to eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 13-1.5: Apply power to eNodeB

Steps
Perform the following procedure to apply power to the eNodeB.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, turn power ON to the 9926 BBU as follows:
With power switch on RUC/Fan Tray, turn power ON as follows:

Without power switch on RUC/Fan Tray, turn the power ON at the PDP BBU circuit
breaker.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From eNodeB, observe the CCM status LED matrix and CPRI LEDs:
If successful, check OMC for eNodeB status, if operational continue with the
following step.
If unsuccessful: contact technical support.
Reference: Refer to, Appendix D, LED status, for CCM LED status.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, continue with the following procedure to license and activate the
feature.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure 13-1.6: License and activate feature
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to license and activate the feature.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
License the TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs as follows:

1. Refer to, Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE RAN License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI)
Customer License Manager User Guide, 9YZ-05817-0008-REZZA, to license the
necessary TRDU2x60-AWS TRDUs.
2. When completed, continue with the following step to activate and provision the
feature.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Activate and provision the 2T2R Combined Transmit Mode operation.

Reference: Refer to Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network Feature
Activation Procedure, 9YZ-05817-0011-RJZZA, to activate and provision, Feature ID

161187, 2x120W Tx MIMO Using Two TRDU2x60-AWS.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix A: Document issue

history
Overview
Purpose
This appendix provides the reissue history of this document.

Contents
Reissue history
A-1
Reissue history
Overview
The reissue history of this document is described in the following paragraphs.

Issue 3 (LR13.1.L)
The document changes from 9YZ-04151-0021-REZZA, LR13.1.L, Issue 3, are shown in

the following table.
Table A-1
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 3, June 2014)
Location
Revision
Steps to Lock/Unlock Cells
Changed Lock/Unlock Module to Lock/Unlock Cell.
Transceivers (TRDU/RRH)
(p. xxiv)
Replaced TRDU and RRH lists with a reference to

Alcatel-Lucent 9400 LTE Radio Access Network
Customer Documentation Overview,
9YZ-05817-0002-ACZZA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
Location
Revision
Required tools (p. 4-6)
Updated in each Required tools list: RJ45 NEM Test

Cable, PN 849145479, see 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB
Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for
details, only Pins 1, 2, 3, and 6 are connected (do not
use standard Ethernet cable, can cause unpredictable
reboots)
Procedure 4-2: Replace eCCM-U or

eCCM2 using NEM (p. 4-16)
Added important note to Before you begin block:
Procedure 4-3: Replace eCCM-U or

eCCM2 using 5620 SAM (p. 4-40)
(continued)
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new

hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done,
ensure the database is operationally compatible with
the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity,
number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If
database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent
technical support.
CCM connector changes (p. 4-19)
Removed eCCM2 P0 and P1 from table in each eCCM

replacement procedure.
Procedure 4-2.1: Things to do before

going out to the cell site using NEM
(p. 4-23), Step 6
Added important note:

NEM (p. 4-34), Step 3
Procedure 4-3.1: Things to do before
going out to the cell site using 5620
SAM (p. 4-50), Step 7
Important! If a downgrade from the eCCM2 (new

hardware) to the eCCM-U (old hardware) is done,
ensure the database is operationally compatible with
the eCCM-U capabilities (activated functions, capacity,
number of cells, etc.) before installing the eCCM-U. If
database support is needed, contact Alcatel-Lucent
technical support.
Procedure 4-3.5: Restore CCM with

aligned software using 5620 SAM
(p. 4-63), Step 1
using NEM (p. 4-27)
Modified Step 5 to only require a full DB backup if

one was not obtained before going to the cell site.

using NEM (p. 4-31)
Step 5, Added:
From OMC, For eCCM2, at SAM wait for the
following to occur before going to the next step:
ReachabilityProblem/
ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after initial
power up and eNodeB resets.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
Location
Revision

NEM (p. 4-34)
Modified Step 1 action required when the eNB is in

factory mode message is displayed.
Step 2, Added:
ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after SW
update and eNodeB resets.

Step 3, Added:
ReachabilityTestFailed alarm clears after
database restoral, eNodeB resets, and the end state is

NodeDatabaseCorruption. Then, perform a NE
Reconfig to get back to Managed.

Step 4, Added:
From eNodeB, check for RRH software on eNodeB
NEM (p. 4-34), Step 4
Added ENBEquipment parameters:

(p. 4-63), Step 7
maxNbOfDataBearersPerEnodeB,
maxNbrOfRRCConnectedUsersPerEnb, and
maxNumberOfCallPerEnodeB are set to customer
For eCCM2/eCCM-U,
specified values.
Procedure 4-3.2: Prepare 5620
SAM/9926 BBU for CCM
(p. 4-55)
Modified Step 3 to require backup operation only if an

eNodeB SNMP MIB backup file was not obtained
before going to the cell site.

using 5620 SAM (p. 4-59)
Modified Step 7 action required when the CCM status

appears to be functional to continue with new Step 8.
Step 8 added to verify that the OAM link between the
eNodeB and 5620 SAM is operational.

(p. 4-63), Step 1
Added information on aligned and mis-aligned

software versions and SNMP IDs between SAM and
eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-1
(continued)
Location
Revision

(p. 4-63) and Procedure 4-3.6:
Restore CCM with mis-aligned
software using 5620 SAM (p. 4-69)
Updated Restore CCM with SAM to include separate

procedures to restore the CCM with either aligned and
mis-aligned software loads.

NEM (p. 5-34)


(p. 6-34)

Chapter 12, Configure 9926 BBU for

Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band Operation
(Commercial Carrier Aggregation
(CA))
Updated procedure to include Carrier Aggregation

reconfiguration information.
Appendix F, Recommission 9926

BBU
Updated commissioning procedures based on

INSTALLATION ENGINEERING HANDBOOK | IEH
401 and SID eNodeB Self Commissioning.
Updated procedures based on the 9400 eNodeB Local
Commissioning and Integration with Delta Work
Order, Case With or Without IPsec and Certificates
Method of Procedures Document.

(p. F-27)
Modified Step 1 to include connection of NEM PC if

not already connected.
Modified Step 3 substep 1 to include Root View.
Modified Step 6 to include eNodeB reboots and Check
the link is UP (down) at EMS Data Tab -> EMS
Connection -> OAM Link Status.
Appendix H, Restore from Factory

Mode Procedure
Removed from document. No longer needed based on

other changes made.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Issue 2 (LR13.1.L)
The reissue history for Issue 2, March 2014, is shown in the following table.
Table A-2
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 2, March 2014)
Location
Revision
Procedure 3-2: Replace eCCM-U

(p. 3-15)
Updated Hot-swap FRU.
Procedure 5-2: Replace eCCM-U in

MBI cabinet (p. 5-16)
This procedure is written requiring the eNodeB must be

Locked and power turned OFF before removing the
CCM from the 9926 BBU Sub-Rack. replacement
procedure will not work correctly if the CCM is hot
swapped.
Procedure 3-2.1: Replace LR13.x

eCCM-U (p. 3-18)
Updated table, LR13.x eCCM-U replacement

procedure overview, Step 5:

eCCM-U (p. 4-19)
5. eNB: turn power off at RUC/PDP (must be done

before continuing)
Procedure 4-2: Replace eCCM-U in

LTE 9926 BBU (p. 4-15)

eCCM-U (p. 5-20)
Remove failed LR13.x eCCM-U (p.
3-19)
4-20)
Updated Step 5:
Power must be turned OFF as described before
continuing with this procedure! If power is not
removed, the procedure will not work properly.

5-21)
eCCM-U with pre-LR13.x or Factory
Load LR13.1 eCCM-U (p. 3-22)
Updated table, LR13.x eCCM-U with pre-LR13.x or

Factory Load LR13.1 eCCM-U replacement
procedure overview, Step 5:

5. eNB: turn power off at RUC/PDP (must be done

before continuing)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
Location
Revision
Things to do before going out to the

cell site (p. 3-24)
Revisions:
Updated Documentation, Step 2 for field and

OMC personnel:
Copies of any Alcatel-Lucent Alerts that impact
CCM replacement. Remember to load any tools
associated with the alerts. Alerts and tools are
available at Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer
Support (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/
olcsHome.do), select 9412 eNodeB (Evolved
NodeB) under Technical Content for My Favorite
Products, then Product Alerts and Alerts for 9412
Updated eNodeB MIM (database.xml) backup

file, Step 6:
The configuration snapshot (MIM backup) is
required so that Alcatel-Lucent customer support
can restore the eNodeB if the current active
eNodeB MIM database is unavailable on SAM.

cell site (p. 4-25)
cell site (p. 5-26)

3-30)
4-31)
(continued)
Updated Step 5:
continuing with this procedure! If power is not
Remove failed LR13.x eCCM-U

from MBI cabinet (p. 5-32)
Install Pre-LR13.x or factory load
eCCM-U (p. 3-33)
eCCM-U (p. 4-34)
Updated Step 1:
continuing with this procedure! If power was not

eCCM-U in MBI cabinet (p. 5-34)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-2
Location
Revision
Restore 9412 eNodeB operation

(pre-LR13.x or factory load eCCM-U
to LR13.x) (p. 3-34)
Revisions:
Updated Step 1:
Watch for one of the following responses: If NEM
opens successfully, if Reading NETCONF
data failed message is displayed, if eNB is in
Updated Step 3: Reconnect Backhaul cable to 9926

BBU 3. Determine if SAM detects 9926 BBU
Added Step 4: restore communications with

SAM.
Updated Step 5: removed NEM restore MIM

backup file steps.
Updated Step 6: Restore the SNMP MIB backup

file step.
Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation

to LR13.x) (p. 4-35)
Restore 9926 BBU operation
to LR13.x) in MBI cabinet (p. 5-36)
(continued)
Issue 2 (LR13.1.L)
The reissue history for Issue 2, March 2014, is shown in the following table.
Table A-3
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 1, August 2013)
Location
Revision

Updated procedure to include Factory LR13.1 loaded

eCCM-U when replacing eCCM-U.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Reissue history
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table A-3
Document changes from LR13.1.L (Issue 1, August 2013)
(continued)
Location
Revision
Restore 9412 eNodeB operation

to LR13.x) (p. 3-34)
Added steps to Step 4 to restore MIM backup file using

NEM Commissioning Wizard.
Restore LTE 9926 BBU operation

to LR13.x) (p. 4-35)
Restore 9926 BBU operation
to LR13.x) in MBI cabinet (p. 5-36)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix B: Product
conformance statements
Overview
Purpose
This appendix describes the product conformance statements that apply to the BBU d2U
(Alcatel-Lucent 9926 Base Band Unit).
In regions such as North America and the European Union, the statements that are
required are determined primarily by national or multi-national regulations. However, in
some regions, contract terms determine which statements are required.
The presence of the statement indicates that the product does comply with that statement
wherever it is required to do so.
Contents
United States
B-2
Canada
B-3
European Union
B-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
United States
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
United States
Introduction
The statements that follow are the product conformance statements that apply to the 9926
LTE BBU/9926 BBU V2 when deployed in the United States.
Federal Communications Commission
Important! Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Alcatel-Lucent, Inc.

for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
.
47 CFR FCC Part 15
This device complies with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 47, Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Part 15 Class A)
Important! This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class A digital device, pursuant to CFR 47 Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protections against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses,
and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the
user's expense.
Product safety conformance
This equipment is safety certified for the United States of America by a Nationally
Recognized Test Laboratory (NRTL) accredited by the US Department of Labor,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), such as UL, CSA, or others.
The product bears this certification mark of this certification laboratory on its main
nameplate label. Should the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) require prior or
additional verification of this certification, a product certificate of compliance can be
obtained from the specific certification laboratory by the business/product unit Applicant
for the product.
Any modifications to this equipment are not permitted without review and written official
authorization from the specific certification laboratory. Unauthorized changes may violate
the product safety certification. Modifications or changes authorized by official CN/CNN
are assumed to have received prior approval from this Lab.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
United States
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Packaging collection and recovery requirements
Countries, states, localities, or other jurisdictions may require that systems be established
for the return and/or collection of packaging waste from the consumer, or other end user,
or from the waste stream. Additionally, reuse, recovery, and/or recycling targets for the
return and/or collection of the packaging waste may be established. For more information
regarding collection and recovery of packaging and packaging waste within specific
jurisdictions, please contact the Alcatel-Lucent Services Environmental Health and
Safety organization.
Material content compliance
The following notification applies to Alcatel-Lucent products distributed for sale, resale
or use. This product, part, or both may include a lithium-manganese dioxide battery,
which contains very small amounts of a perchlorate substance. Special handling may
apply.
For California: Perchlorate Material -special handling may apply. See
http:\\www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorat
Canada
Introduction
LTE BBU/9926 BBU V2 when deployed in Canada.
Industry Canada
ICES-003: Interference-Causing Equipment Standard Digital Apparatus
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numrique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
IC CS-03: Specification for Terminal Equipment, Terminal Systems, Network
Protection Devices, Connection Arrangements and Hearing Aids Compatibility
This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.

RF approval
RSS-132: Cellular Telephones Employing New Technologies Operating in the Bands

824-849 MHz and 869-894 MHz
The term IC before the certification/registration number only signifies that the
Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
RSS-133: PCS Radio Standards Specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Canada
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The term IC before the certification/registration number only signifies that the
Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
Product safety conformance
This equipment is safety certified for Canada by a laboratory accredited by the Standards
Council of Canada (SCC), such as CSA, UL, or others. The product bears this
certification mark of this certification laboratory on its main nameplate label. Should the
local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) require prior or additional verification of this
certification, a product certificate of compliance can be obtained from the specific
certification laboratory by the business/product unit Applicant for the product.
Any modifications to this equipment are not permitted without review and written official
authorization from the specific certification laboratory. Unauthorized changes may violate
the product safety certification. Modifications or changes authorized by official CN/CNN
are assumed to have received prior approval from this Lab.
European Union
Introduction
LTE BBU/9926 BBU V2 bearing the CE Marking when deployed in the European Union.
Declaration of Conformity for radio and telecommunication terminal equipment under the scope
of Directive 1999/5/EC
Hereby, Alcatel-Lucent declares that the equipment documented in this publication is in

compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive
2004/108/EC for EMC requirements. The technical documentation as required by the
Conformity Assessment procedure is kept at the Alcatel-Lucent location which is
responsible for this product. For more information, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent
Customer Service Organization.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CE marking
This product has been CE-marked in accordance with the following European Directive:
204/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EMC compliance
The equipment complies with the following EMC and EMI specifications:
EN 55022 ed. 2006, Class A
EN 300 386 V1.4.1: 2008.
Class A warning statement
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio
interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Protection requirements of Directive 2004/108/EC statement
This equipment is not intended to be used in residential/domestic environments.

Product safety
The equipment complies with the following product safety specifications:
EN 60950-1 ed. 2005, 2006 + A11 (2009)

IEC 60950-1: 2005
EN 60215 ed. 1989 + A1:1992 + A4: 1994

IEC 60215 ed. 1987 + A1:1990 + A2: 1993
Recycling / take-back / disposal of product
Electronic products bearing or referencing the symbol shown below when put on the
market within the European Union, shall be collected and treated at the end of their useful
life, in compliance with applicable European Union and local legislation. They shall not
be disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that may be
contained in the product, such as heavy metals or batteries, the environment and human
health may be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate disposal.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
European Union
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: For electronic products put on the market in the European Union, a solid bar
under the crossed-out wheeled bin indicates that the product was put on the market
after 13 August 2005.
Note: For batteries put on the market in the European Union, a chemical symbol Hg
(mercury), Cd (cadmium), or Pb (lead), or a combination of those symbols, beneath
the cross-out wheeled bin indicates that the battery contains the corresponding heavy
metals.
Moreover, in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements, where

applicable, Alcatel-Lucent will offer to provide for the collection and treatment of
Alcatel-Lucent products bearing the logo at the end of their useful life, or products
displaced by Alcatel-Lucent equipment offers. For information regarding take-back of
equipment by Alcatel-Lucent, or for more information regarding the requirements for
recycling/disposal of a product, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent account manager.
Visit the Alcatel-Lucent Take-Back (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/product_takeback)
web page, or contact Alcatel-Lucent Takeback Support (mail to:takeback@alcatellucent.com). For technical information on product treatment, consult the Alcatel-Lucent
Recycling Information (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/product_recycling) web page.
Material content compliance
European Union (EU) Directive 2002/95/EC, Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous
Substances (RoHS), restricts the use of lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium,
and certain flame retardants in electrical and electronic equipment. This Directive applies
to electrical and electronic products placed on the EU market after 1 July 2006, with
various exemptions, including an exemption for lead solder in network infrastructure
equipment. Alcatel-Lucent products shipped to the EU after 1 July 2006 comply with the
EU RoHS Directive.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix C: Abbreviations
Overview
Purpose
This appendix lists abbreviations used in this document and the expanded form of those
abbreviations.
Contents
Abbreviations
C-1
Abbreviations
A
AHJ authority having jurisdiction

B
BB base band
BBU base band unit
BeO beryllium oxide
C
CB circuit breaker
CC Comcode
CIQ Customer Information Questionnaire
Code Server It is the storage and transfer location from either the NEM PC (LMT) or
the SAM to obtain software loads.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DHCP Dynamic Host Control Protocol

E
bCEM broadband Channel Element Module

eAM enhanced Alarm Module
eCCM-U enhanced Core Controller Module
eCCM2 enhanced Channel Element Module-2
EMI electromagnetic interference
eNodeB (eNB) evolved NodeB
9412 eNodeB
ESD electrostatic discharge
F
FCC Federal Communications Commission

FDA/CDRH Food and Drug Administration's Center for Devices and Radiological
Health
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
G
GPS Global Positioning System

I
IEAM Integrating External Alarm Module

Internal SFTP server Secure File Transfer Protocol server
Part of the NEM software installation to provide a secure file transfer capability between
the NEM PC (LMT) and the eNodeB to download backup data files and software updates.
L
LMT Local Management Terminal

LTE Long Term Evolution
LTE RAN (eUTRAN, E-UTRAN) Long Term Evolution radio access network
M
MIB machine information base

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NE ID network entity identifier

NEM Network Element Manager
NRTL Nationally Recognized Test Laboratory
NEM PC Technician laptop, also referred to as Local Management Terminal (LMT), that
includes the necessary software and other data to support the replacement and/or
update of a eNodeB in the field.
O
OLCS Online Customer Support

OMC Operations and Maintenance Center
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
P
PDP power distribution panel

R
RAN radio access network

RBP Rear Backplane
RRH remote radio heads
RUC Rack User Commissioning
RUC/Fan Tray
RST Reset
S
SFTP server See Internal SFTP server

SLI Single Logistical Item
STAT status
T
TRDU Transmit/Receive Duplexer Unit

X
XMS (eXtended Management System) 9453 XMS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix D: LED status
Overview
Purpose
This appendix describes the functional status of the CCM and CEM LEDs in the
Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU, and TRDU LEDs in the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB
Compact or Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB Compact Smart.
Contents
eCCM-U LED status
D-1
D-5
bCEM LED status
D-11
TRDU LED status
D-13
eCCM-U LED status

Purpose
The following tables provide an interpretation of the eCCM-U LED matrix and eCCM-U
CPRI LEDs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U LED matrix
The following figure shows the LED matrix on the eCCM-U.

Figure D-1 eCCM-U LED matrix
bCEM-U (1,2,3)
LED STATUS
RED GREEN
eCCM-U LED
MATRIX
CMA
SYNC
MDA
PCM
CMA
9926 BBU in
9412 eNodeB
PCM
MDA
SYNC
eCCM-U LED
MATRIX
9926 BBU in
Equipment Rack
CMA LED status
CMA (top row of matrix) The two left-most LEDs light after the eCCM-U has fully
booted. If they are not on, reboot the 9926 BBU by cycling power.
SYNC LED status
The SYNC LEDs show the status of the drop loads and GPS synchronization during
integration.
The following table verifies the GPS synchronization when the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU
is booting during D30 software loads.
Table D-1
SYNC
(2nd row/
column)
Description
What to do
Solid Green
When the SYNC LEDs are solid

green the 9926 BBU timing is
Locked.
No action required.
Off
When the 9926 BBU is first booted

on D30 software there should not be
any LEDs on the SYNC.
No action required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table D-1
(continued)
SYNC
(2nd row/
column)
Description
What to do
Flashing Green
When the SYNC LEDs are flashing

green the 9926 BBU is acquiring
GPS signal but still Unlocked.
No action required.
Solid Red
When the SYNC LEDs are solid red

the 9926 BBU is unable to detect
the GPS signal.
Check for GPS signal, cable

connections.
The following table verifies the GPS synchronization when the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU
is booting during D50 software loads.
Table D-2
SYNC
(2nd row/
column)
Description
What to do
Off
When the eNB is first booted on D50

software there should not be any LEDs
on the SYNC.
No action required.
Flashing
Amber
In D50, during the power up, the eNB

does not have a database.xml file
which is required to establish GPS
lock. The SYNC LEDs flash amber
until the eNB is integrated.
database.xml file is not integrated.

Complete integration.
Solid Green
In D50, solid green SYNC LEDs

indicate the eNB has a valid
database.xml file and has GPS lock.
No action required.
NOTE: Solid green only appears after
integration is complete.
eCCM-U MDA/PCM LEDs
The MDA and PCM LEDs are not used.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
eCCM-U LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
The following table shows the CPRI LED status for the CPRI cables between the TRDU
or RRH. The LEDs are located just above the SFP ports.
Table D-3
eCCM-U CPRI LEDs
TX LED
RX LED
Description
What to do
Solid Green
Solid Green
Indicates an active signal

between TRDU/RRH and
eCCM.
No action require.
Indicates an active RX
signal and no TX signal
eCCM.
Check SFP, cables, and

connections. If necessary, replace
SFP and/or cables. If that fails,
test and/or replace
TRDU/RRH/eCCM.
Off
Solid Green
Check TRDU/RRH CPRI LEDs

for the same indication for normal
operation.

for the same indication.
Solid Green
Off
Indicates an active TX
signal and no RX signal
eCCM.

test and/or replace
TRDU/RRH/eCCM.
Off
Off
Indicates no signal between

TRDU/RRH and eCCM.

test and/or replace
TRDU/RRH/eCCM.
eCCM-U GigE MDA port LED status
GigE MDA ports have LEDs that indicate signal activity.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Purpose
The following provides an interpretation of the eCCM-U Model 2 LED matrix and
eCCM-U Model 2 CPRI LEDs.
eCCM2 LED Matrix
The following figure shows the LED matrix on the eCCM2.

Figure D-2 eCCM2 LED Matrix
eCCM2 CMA LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 3 and CMA 4 LEDs which display
the status of the eCCM2 self tests, software downloads, and boots.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure D-3 eCCM2 CMA 3 and 4
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 2 LED which displays the software
technology loaded on the eCCM2 board.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure D-4 eCCM2 CMA 2
The following figure shows the operation of the CMA 1 LED which displays the activity
status of the eCCM2 board.
Figure D-5 eCCM2 CMA 1
eCCM2 SYNC LED status
The following figures show the operation of the SYNC LEDs which display the status of
the GPS receiver.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure D-6 eCCM2 SYNC 4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This external source can be a slave eCCM2 that would acquire its
synchronization from a master eCCM2.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 LNK LED status
The following figure shows the operation of the LNK (link) LEDs which display which
source is currently selected to discipline the local oscillator.
Figure D-10 eCCM2 LNK 1, 2, 3, and 4
If blinking, the local oscillator is in holdover, meaning it has temporarily lost

communication with the source identified by the blinking LED.
If red, the holdover time has been exceeded.
eCCM2 CPRI LEDs
There are two LEDs per CPRI to show port status (SFP Tx enabled - green; SFP Rx
detected signalling - green).
eCCM2 SFP LEDs
There are two LEDs per SFP backhaul to show port status (SFP Tx enabled - green; SFP
Rx detected signalling - green).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eCCM2 RJ-45 port LEDs
There are two LEDs per RJ-45 port to show link and activity status (link is connected green; data in transmission - blinking yellow).
bCEM LED status

Purpose
The following information provides an interpretation of the status LED configurations for
the bCEM.
Check four LED bCEM status
Determine whether the bCEM requires replacement by observing the condition of the
status LEDs on the faceplate as described in the following table. The LED column shows
the condition of the LED matrix. The Status column indicates the status of the bCEM
based on the illumination of the four-LED matrix. The What to do column describes how
to react to the status displayed by the LED matrix.
Table D-4
LED
Status
What to do
Power off.
Check RUC/Fan Tray and/or PDP power switch.
If power is turned off to the BBU, cycle power and

check for change in status.
If status changes from LED 2 to LED 8, bCEM is
functioning properly, replacement procedure
completed.
If status changes to LED 9, or LED 10, bCEM has
failed, continue with procedure and/or replace
bCEM.
If power is turned on to the BBU, bCEM has failed,

continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
Power on with bCEM

restart.
Allow bCEM to continue processing on to LED 3.
Beginning startup.
.
3
.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
bCEM LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table D-4
(continued)
LED
Status
What to do
BISTS starting.
After BISTS started

and until end of
startup.
Software upgrade in
progress, with bCEM
ok.
Software upgrade in
progress, with bCEM
partially not ok.
Startup completed.
bCEM ok.
If bCEM successfully completes startup, bCEM is operating

properly. No further changes/updates are required.
BISTS failed (bCEM

partially not ok).
Cycle power and follow LED status. If BISTS fails again,

continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
bCEM out of service

(internal failure).
Cycle power and follow LED status. If bCEM goes out of

service again, continue with procedure and replace bCEM.
.
5
.
6
.
7
.
8
.
9
.
10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
TRDU LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TRDU LED status

Purpose
The following tables provide an interpretation of the TRDU General Status LEDs and
TRDU CPRI Status LEDs.
TRDU LEDs
The following figure shows the location of the TRDU General Status LEDs (General
Status LEDs) and TRDU CPRI Status LEDs (Primary CPRI Connector (to CCM)).
The following tables provide an interpretation of the TRDU General Status LEDs. There
is a cluster of three adjacent LEDs, Green, Yellow, and Red, that indicate the general
status of the TRDU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
TRDU LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table D-5
Green
LED
Yellow
LED
Red LED
TRDU
Status
Description
What to do
Initial
Power On
Power has been applied and no

critical failures or faults have been
detected. TRDU tests General
Status LEDs by illuminating them
for at least 1 second.
Wait for startup to

be completed.
Normal
Operation
Power applied, normal operation

with no critical faults or failure
detected.
No action required.
Standby
Power applied, no critical failures

or faults detected, but TRDU is in
Standby mode and is not
transmitting.
Wait until the

system enables unit
before continuing.
Critical
HW Failure
BLST, self test, diagnostics, or

monitoring has detected a critical
hardware failure that prevents
TRDU from operating. The failure
is non-recoverable. This covers
both BL.0 ST Failure and Critical
Failure. Replace TRDU.
Perform the
following
procedures to
replace the TRDU.
Partial or
NonCritical
Failure
One or more hardware assets or

functions have failed in a
non-recoverable fashion, but TRDU
is still operational in a degraded
mode.
If degradation is
affecting network
performance,
perform the
following
procedures to
replace the TRDU.
Temporary
HW
Critical
Fault
One or more hardware assets or

functions in TRDU have a
recoverable hardware fault. TRDU
is not operational now, but should
recover in time. This covers both
Under-Temperature Warm-Up
warning and Over-Temperature
Critical Shutdown. Wait until
hardware fault has cleared.
If the faults are not

cleared, perform
the following
procedures to
replace the TRDU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
TRDU LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table D-5
Green
LED
Yellow
LED
Red LED
(continued)
TRDU
Status
Description
What to do
Slave CPRI
Link
External
Failure
Slave CPRI link is not

synchronized. Check external slave
CPRI link connections.
Check security of
the CPRI cables
connected to the
TRDU and
eCCM-U.
External
Antenna
Failure
For either EAC port, either antenna

has a VSWR fault or antenna cable
is not properly connected.
Check internal and

external RF
cabling. Antennas
may be faulty.
Software
Download
TRDU is undergoing an NVM

firmware or software update.
TRDU cannot provide service while
downloading.
Wait until update

has completed to
verify normal
operation.
Background
Software
Download
TRDU is undergoing an NVM

firmware or software update.
TRDU is presently providing
service.
No action required.
No Power
Supplied
TRDU is not receiving DC power.
Check external
power supply and
connections.
External
Power
Supply
Failure
TRDU is receiving DC power but

the source is out-of-range.
Check external
power supply
voltage.
TRDU CPRI Status LEDs
The following table provides an interpretation of the TRDU CPRI PRI/SEC Status LED.
There is a multi-color LED next to each of the two CPRI link connections. The
multi-color LED is capable of displaying Green and Red.
Table D-6
CPRI LED

CPRI Status
Description
What to do
CPRI link active and

working
No action required.
Andrews TRDU
Active
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
LED status
TRDU LED status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table D-6
CPRI LED
(continued)
CPRI Status
Description
What to do
Failure,
Alarm, or not
present
CPRI link failed or not

connected
Check operation and/or CPRI

cable, eCCM-U, and/or TRDU.
Replace as required.
Inactive
Power off
When 9412 eNodeB is

operational, turn power on,
and/or check/replace power
connections.
When 9412 eNodeB is not
operational (power off), no action
is required.
MTI TRDU
Active
CPRI link active and

working
No action required.
Failure or
Alarm
CPRI link failed
Check operation and/or replace

CPRI cable, eCCM-U, and/or
TRDU.
Inactive or
not connected
CPRI link not connected

or power off
When 9412 eNodeB is

operational, check power is on,
check power connections and/or
check CPRI connection.
When 9412 eNodeB is not
operational, no action is required.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix E: Update 9926 BBU

software loads
Overview
Purpose
This appendix describes how to bring an 9926 BBU software load up to the current LTE
RAN loads on the system.
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD
Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for information on the software deliverables
supported in LR13.3 for 9926 BBU and NEM upgrade paths for officially supported
eNodeB upgrade paths and load parity.
Important notice
Read through this section and prepare the NEM PC with the appropriate NEM application
and the current LTE RAN loads on the system before going to the 9926 BBU. Keep
previous applications and software loads on the NEM PC if a fallback is required.
Contents
E-2
Procedure E-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U
E-4
Procedure E-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the system
E-5
Procedure E-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC
E-6
E-9
Procedure E-5: Update to current LTE RAN load on system
E-10
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

General
The following tables highlight the latest versions of 9926 BBU tools and software
required to update the software loads on the eCCM-U. All of the specified items can be
downloaded from ALED.
Required NEM software
supported in LR13.3 for NEM.
Refer to 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide, for
instructions to install the NEM software.
Note: Review the following information about NEM:
Unlike RMT, NEM supports multiple 9926 BBU software loads, so 9926 BBU
software is not packaged with NEM and must be downloaded separately. Keep
previous loads in case a fallback to a previous release is required.
The NEM installation program does not remove the old version of NEM, but
because each NEM creates its own folder there are no issues with keeping
multiple versions on a laptop.
The Java software needed to run NEM is loaded along with the application.
9926 BBU current LTE RAN load on system
supported in LR13.3 for 9926 BBU upgrade paths for officially supported eNodeB
upgrade paths and load parity.
Note: Monitor LTE release notes and alerts/flashes for future updates to the 9926
BBU current LTE RAN load on system
Note: For Carrier Aggregation upgrade: In case a third bCEM is installed in the
9926 BBU and Carrier Aggregation feature is not required, lock the bCEM.
Important! Unlock the bCEM and make sure it is operational before:
Performing an inter or intra-release software upgrade

Activating the Carrier Aggregation feature
Identifying eCCM-U types and compatible software loads
Important! The replacement eCCM-U type (factory or spared) must be identified

before being installed in the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
There are different versions of the eCCM-U that support specific software loads. The
eCCM-U type is identified by the part number (SLI) barcode found on the eCCM
faceplate as follows:
For P0 eCCM SLI, 3JR20073CAxxnn labeled eCCM-Us (see figure), software loads
from LA2.0 and on are supported.
For P2 eCCM SLI, 3JR20073CBxxnn labeled eCCM-Us (see figure), software loads
from LA3.0 and on are supported.
Attention: Do not install a P2 eCCM-U in a network running LA2.0 software loads.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure E-1: Establish connection between NEM and

eCCM-U
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure E-1: Establish connection between NEM and

eCCM-U
Steps
Perform the following procedure to establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the NEM PC to the eCCM-U PORT1 with a RJ45 NEM Test Cable. Open NEM
and login with the following information:

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check that the 9926 BBU is offline and the equipped bCEM are reporting in the NEM
Tree View.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Continue with the following procedure to check on the eCCM software loads.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure E-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the
system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure E-2: Check eCCM for current LTE RAN load on the
system
Steps
Perform the following procedure to check the Running SW File Name and the Not
Running SW File Name software loads listed on the eCCM-U.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From NEM PC, select the Root View window and click SW Properties tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Compare and note the listed software loads on the 9926 BBU with the software loads
listed in the LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Procedure E-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM

PC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure E-3: Download 9926 BBU software loads to NEM PC

Overview
Important! This procedure must be performed from a location with Internet/intranet

access to the On-Line Customer Support (OLCS) and Alcatel-Lucent Electronic
Delivery (ALED) website or the customer software repository.
NEM supports multiple versions of 9926 BBU software. So 9926 BBU loads are not
included in the NEM and they must be downloaded separately.
The 9926 BBUs may be shipped from the factory or taken out of stores with different
software versions. Several different 9926 BBU software packages may need to be loaded
onto the NEM PC to support the various software update steps which may be required.
Note: The last few numbers in the 9926 BBU Software load names (the E numbers)
restart with every D number (for example, ENBLA200D30E01800 is older than
ENBLA200D50E01100).
Required 9926 BBU software loads
Note: The folder and filenames used in the following procedure are examples, refer to
the release notes for specific filenames.
Steps
Perform the following steps to download the software loads onto the NEM PC. .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the NEM PC, create a sub-folder for each software load, like C:/My
Downloads/eNBSW/<sw-sub-folder>, like the following sub-folders:
LA5.0D30E01800 (for ENBLA0500D30E01800 srs.tar.gz)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open OLCS website, https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/?path=//

index3_0.html:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Login as Registered User with user name and password. LTE Solution Releases page is
displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

PC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the current Software Downloads page, for example, LTE LE4.0.02 Software
Downloads. LTE Solution Release LE3.0.02 Downloads page is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select software load matching current network load, for example, 9926 BBU E6506.
Electronic Delivery page is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Product Lookup next to the Please select a Product/Sub-category field. Product
Index (Alphabetical Listing) page is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In Product Name Look-up field, enter 9926 BBU and click Go. Product Name Lookup
Results page is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click 9926 BBU. 9926 BBU page is displayed. Close Product Name Lookup Results
page.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Downloads: Electronic Delivery. Electronic Delivery page is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
At Please navigate through hierarchy to download field, select release generic, for
example LR13.3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Next field, select maintenance load (MNCLx) for the update. Look through each load
until the correct load is found, for example LA5.0.2_MNCL5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Next field, select subload, for example LA05.00.70.00.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Next field, select tard file, for example END_LA500_D50_E06506.srs.tar.gz. Click

Next.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
On next page, click Download (not DownloadPlus).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
On next page, click Accept and Submit. Download process page is displayed. File is
downloaded to C:\\temp or select desired folder for download.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

PC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
When completed, Download Succeeded message is displayed. Click OK.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
Return to LTE Solution Releases page. Leave page open form next procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Steps
Perform the following procedure to download release notes.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Return to main page and select View List. Product Index (Alphabetical Listing) page is
displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In Product Name Look-up field, enter 9926 BBU and click Go. Product Name Lookup
Results page is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click 9926 BBU. 9926 BBU page is displayed. Close Product Name Lookup Results
page.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Manuals and Guides. Library of Manuals and Guides for 9926 BBU page is
displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
At Release field select All and Content Type field select Release Information. A list of
release notes are displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right-click pdf for the desired release notes, for example 418-000-005_LA5.0_E06506.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Target As window is displayed. Select desired location (folder) and click Save.
Release notes downloaded.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When completed, logout of OLCS and continue with the following procedure.
Reference: Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products
LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, 9YZ-05817-0001-FMZZA, for information on the

software deliverables supported in LR13.3 for 9926 BBU and NEM upgrade paths
for officially supported eNodeB upgrade paths and load parity.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Requirements
Note: The folder and filenames used in the following procedure are examples, refer to
the release notes for specific filenames.
Steps
Perform the following the steps to update the 9926 BBU to the current LTE RAN load
your system.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the code server as follows:

1. Select Configuration > Set Code Server and click Yes on question message. The Set
Code Server is displayed.
Note: If the SW Replacement button is grayed out, it means 9926 BBU is not set with
Allocate Configuration Rights. Set this via NEM menu Configuration > Allocate
Configuration Rights. This enables the SW Replacement option.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the NEM Root View, select the SW Properties tab, click SW Replacement, and click
Yes to use internal SFTP server (NEM PC or SAM as the source location).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Navigate to the appropriate file folder, for example ENBLA0500D30E40400.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate file, for example#BI_enb#FT_OMsdf#FI_sdf#FV_ENB_LA0500_

D30_E40400, and Click Open to start the download.
Note: Uncheck the Unattended Running box.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
When the download is complete, click Activate. The 9926 BBU reboots and the NEM
connection is lost. The activation takes up to 15 minutes depending on number of files
being installed.
Note: If the NEM connection is not automatically re-established after 15 minutes,
then close the Software Update window, restart the NEM connection and re-open
Software Update window to continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Accept to complete the software replacement, when the NEM connection returns.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the new software replacement has been complete (in SW Properties tab). The
running software state should be installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click the Tree View icon in the NEM window. This displays the individual hardware
modules.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click HW Modules on the left panel of NEM.

Note: Monitor the bCEM and RFM (TRDUs or RRHs) status with NEM and wait
until all units have a green checkmark (enabled) next to them. RRHs are not displayed
in NEM until they are powered up after the BBU software update is completed.
Important! The eCCM (CB), all equipped bCEMs (BBs), and RFMs (TRDUs and
RRHs) must be enabled. If a unit fails to initialize, right click on it in the right panel
then select Reset Equipment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Select Configuration > Release Configuration Rights. This disables the SW Replacement
option.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
When completed with the software updates, return to the eCCM-U replacement
procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix F: Recommission 9926

BBU
Overview
Purpose
This appendix describes how to recommission the 9926 BBU after replacing a failed
CCM or RUC/Fan Tray.
Contents
Requirements
F-2
Documentation Requirements
F-2
Hardware Requirements
F-3
F-4
F-6
F-7
Procedure F-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work

order
F-13
Procedure F-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot

file
F-18
Procedure F-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
F-23
F-27
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Requirements
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Requirements
Overview
Purpose
This section describes the document and software requirements for an 9926 BBU
recommissioning.
Contents
F-2
F-3
F-4
Overview
Refer to the following documents to recommission the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU:
LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes
Customer Information Sheet (CIS)
Customer Information Questionnaire (CIQ) or equivalent transport and

commissioning data from the customer network and design engineering department
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Check the eNodeB for the following LR13.x required components and settings:
The control board is type eCCM. Hardware variant of the eCCM module:
Enhanced sync eCCM (3JR20073CA/CB):
With eNodeB power ON, the two left-most LEDs of the top row (CMA) will be
lit. All the LEDs in the SYNC row should be lit green to indicate clock
synchronization.
GPS: All the LEDs in the SYNC row should be lit green to indicate GPS lock. If
these are red, there is a problem. The NEM will not connect. Check the GPS
antenna or splitter cable to determine possible loss of GPS signal.
1588 V2 synchronization: When this feature is on, synchronization comes from
packets delivered from an external server using the two Gigabit Ethernet ports.
The eNodeB automatically discovers the 1588 server addresses. In case of failure
of the master server, the eNodeB is able to resynchonize with the secondary
server. If synchronization fails with both servers, the eNodeB provides alarms and
then switches to the internal clock or other source.
Reference: Refer to the 9400 LTE RAN eNodeB 1588 V2 Synchronization
Reconfiguration Procedure for details.
Note 1: The choice of clock source is defined from the 5620 SAM after
commissioning. The option chosen and its status are then displayable from the
NEM.
Note 2: There is an eCCM variant equipped with enhanced OCXO (that is,
oscillator) that provides hold-over capability in case of a clock synchronization
failure. During this major alarm, the eCCM functions in free-running mode
(displayable from the NEM Clock Properties tab), using the OXCO for
synchronization. A critical alarm is raised when the frequency hold-over is within
12 hours of exceeding the OCXO capabilities. Another critical alarm is raised
when the OCXO capability is reached and RF transmission is terminated.
The modem board is type bCEM.

There is a single hardware variant of the bCEM:
Up to three bCEMs can be installed in the eNodeB.

Does not support dual technology
From the top of the faceplate, LED1 (red or off) and LED 2 (green or off) indicate
the board status. LED3 is the application marker (green = LTE, orange =
WCDMA). LED4 indicates board action (blinking or fixed).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The eNodeB can be equipped with an optional Receiver Diversity Expansion Module
(RDEM) installed with an RRH2x. The RDEM adds two receive RF paths (that is,
antenna ports Rx3 and Rx4) to the RRH2x. Note: This feature provides just the hardware.
The software for the RDEM is not yet supported.
Once the software is supported, the RDEM will support the following:
The RDEM allows the eNodeB to support LTE cells in a 2X4 MIMO configuration or
LTE cells configured to use a 2X2 operating mode.
The RDEM makes the RRH2x hardware-ready to support two sectors in a 1X2 SIMO
configuration (that is, 1 Tx Path and two Rx Paths). The cells assigned to an RRH2x
is this configuration must be in the same frequency band.
The RDEM becomes an integral part of the RRH2x. It is not seen as a new object in
the OAM model.
The Rx paths supported by the RDEM will not have TMAs.
RRH2x software supports Tx and Rx VSWR tests.

Verification of the Rx3 and Rx4 cable connectivity is provided.
LTE and CDMA Baseband Unit (BBU) operations are possible on the same RRH/TRDU.
Each CDMA/LTE Multi-Standard Radio Equipment (MSRE) has a direct connection to
each BBU. Configurations may include daisy-chained MSREs. In this case only the last
MSRE in the chain is connected to LTE and the other MSREs in the chain support
CDMA only and are managed only by the CDMA management system.
Note: The LTE BBUs configured in this manner are commissioned in a manner
similar to other LTE BBUs, except that an LTE BBU at the end of a daisy-chain will
have the RFM Control Mode parameter on an RRH/TRDU RFM Table set to
Secondary instead of the default setting of Standalone. The RFM Control Mode
cannot be Primary for LTE.
eNodeB software
For the current LTE RAN software updates, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB
Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L FDD Release Notes, for details.
To update the eNodeB LTE RAN software from 5620 SAM, refer to 5620 SAM LTE RAN
User Guide, Chapter, NE maintenance, for details.
The eNodeB software can be downloaded to the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM or NEM PC
from the Alcatel-Lucent Electronic Delivery (ALED) website. Refer to Appendix E,
Update 9926 BBU software loads for the eNodeB software download procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Requirements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
During a Factory Mode commissioning of the 9926 BBU, an automatic eNodeB

software upgrade (taking one issue of software to another issue of the same software) will
be started. The new eNodeB software must be present on the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM
client for this to occur.
NEM software
The current NEM software should be installed on the NEM PC. Refer to 9400 LTE RAN
eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User Guide for installation and configuration
procedures. Refer to Alcatel-Lucent LTE eNodeB Macro and Metro Products LR13.3.L
FDD Release Notes, for current NEM software details.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Change CCM static MAC address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Overview
Purpose
This section describes the available recommissioning scenarios for the eNodeB.
Contents
F-7
Procedure F-2: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with delta work

order
F-13
Procedure F-3: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with full snapshot

file
F-18
Procedure F-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self commissioning
F-23
F-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure F-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site

with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure F-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with

NEM
Purpose
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for provisioned eNodeBs using a
local NEM to manually recommission the alpha parameters on the eNodeB. This
procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address and no IPsec on the OAM
interface.
Required alpha parameters for fixed OAM IP address recommissioning
The following table lists the alpha parameters needed when using the Fixed OAM IP
address NEM scenario with the NEM Commissioning Wizard. Use the appropriate list
based on the eNodeB software and the OAM IP version. The following data must be
obtained prior to recommissioning with the Fixed OAM IP commissioning.
Table F-1
Fixed OAM IP address alpha parameters
Software load
Fixed OAM IP address parameters
LA5.0 and Later (IPv4)
Parameters for LA5.0/TA6.0/LA6.0/LR13.1

loads using IPv4 OAM IP Addresses:
LA5.0 and Later (IPv6)
OAM IP Address
OAM Gateway IP Address
Gateway Netmask
OAM VLAN ID
Parameters for LA5.0/LA6.0/ LR13.1 loads

using IPv6 OAM IP Addresses:
OAM IP Address
Routing Prefix Length
OAM VLAN ID
Verify eNodeB software release
Perform the following the steps to verify the required software release is running on the
eNodeB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1 using the NEM Test Cable and start NEM.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: A standard Ethernet cable cannot be used for commissioning. The NEM Test
Cable must be used.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure all the software identified in the following tables, are loaded on the NEM PC, as
applicable.
Table F-2
Macro eNodeB Release
Macro eNodeB Minimum

Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
LA5.0 D30 EXXXXX and later loads are designated as LA6.0 releases.
2.
Some features require alternate minimum commissioning loads, see Table F-3,
Miscellaneous Macro Equipment Minimum Loads (p. F-8).
The following table dentifies the earliest load supporting eNodeB modules. Use the
specified or later load
Table F-3
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating
eNodeBs to software loads
earlier than LA5.0 D31
E54400 will damage the 700
MHz Lower TRDUs
(eUTRAN Bands 12 and 17).
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
1900 Active Antenna (AA)
LR13.1 D16 E00025
Adding 3rd bCEM on LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00028
Preparation for Carrier

Aggregation in future release
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use NEM to verify that the eNodeB is on the correct software load as follows:
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current softeware

load on eNodeB.
If necessary, update the eNodeB to the target load (this target load should be at least
or more recent than the Minimum Commissioning Load of the Commissioning Data
(Work Order) Release (e.g., LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)). This would not require an
intermediate software release to do to the Minimum Commissioning Load which is
not necessary.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Start Commissioning Wizard
Perform the following step to start the Commissioning Wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Configuration on the NEM menu bar and click on Allocate Configuration Rights.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Configuration on the NEM menu bar again and click on Commissioning Wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next at the bottom of the welcome screen to continue.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next at the bottom of the Import Work Order File screen.
Note: The Import Work Order feature is not used in this procedure, so settings are not
needed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click OK in the warning window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go to one of the following:
If the OAM IP Format is IPv4, then go to IP Settings (IPv4) Data Entry (p. F-10).
If the OAM IP Format is IPv6, then go to IP Settings (IPv6) Data Entry (p. F-10).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IP Settings (IPv4) Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter IPv4 data.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the IP Settings Screen, set the following parameters:
Select IPv4 in the Oam IP Format pull-down.

Select false in the IP Config Mode Automatic pull-down.
Populate the IP Address, IP Netmask, IP Gateway, and NTP Server IPv4 Address
fields using the Required Commissioning Data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Next at the bottom of the screen to continue

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go to VLAN Settings Data Entry (p. F-11).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
IP Settings (IPv6) Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter IPv6 data. Skip these steps if the eNodeB has an
IPv4 OAM IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the IP Settings Screen, set the following parameters:
Select IPv6 in the Oam IP Format pull-down.

Select false in the IP Config Mode Automatic pull-down.
Populate the IP Address, Routing Prefix Length, IP Gateway, and NTP Server IPv6
Address fields using the Required Commissioning Data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Next at the bottom of the screen to continue.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go to VLAN Settings Data Entry (p. F-11).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VLAN Settings Data Entry
Perform the following steps to enter VLAN data.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter VLAN information on the VLAN Settings Screen as follows:
Select Edit VLAN Properties by clicking in the box

Enter the VLAN ID in the field provided with information from Fixed OAM IP
Commissioning Data.
Click Next.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes in the popup window.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes in the next popup window.

Note: After the eNodeB resets, NEM automatically reconnects and continues the
Commissioning Wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Wait about 4 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go to Disable External Alarms on Disable External Alarms (p. F-11).

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Disable External Alarms
Perform the following steps to disable external alarms..

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next on the various Commissioning pages without making any changes until
reaching the External Alarms page.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Dont Use External Alarm

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next at the bottom of the page.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes in the popup window.

Note: Click Yes if an additional question window pops up.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-11
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with NEM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Finish to exit the Commissioning Wizard.

Note: Do not exit NEM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the eNodeB software is LA5.0, LA6.0, or LR13.1, check and test the eNodeB as
required to confirm operational readiness.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-12
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with delta work order
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

delta work order
Overview
local NEM and a delta work order to recommission the alpha parameters on the eNodeB.
This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address. It also supports
recommissioning of IPsec on the OAM interface.
Note: The delta WO option is only available for LR13.3 and later eNodeBs.
Required alpha parameters for delta work order
The following table lists the alpha parameters needed when using the delta work order
scenario with the NEM Commissioning Wizard. Use the appropriate list based on the
eNodeB software and the OAM IP version. The following data must be obtained prior to
delta work order commissioning. Delta WO also contains IPsec parameters, if IPsec is
enabled, on the OAM interface
Table F-4
Delta work order alpha parameters
Software load
Fixed OAM IP address parameters
LR13.3 and Later (IPv4)
LR13.3 delta work order parameters required

for eNodeBs using IPv4 OAM IP Addresses:
LR13.3 and Later (IPv6)
OAM IP Address
Gateway Netmask
OAM VLAN ID
eNodeB uniqueName
LR13.3 delta work order parameters required

for eNodeBs using IPv6 OAM IP addresses:
OAM IP Address
Routing Prefix Length
OAM VLAN ID
eNodeB uniqueName
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-13
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cable must be used.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
applicable.
Table F-5

Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
2.
Table F-6
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating
MHz Lower TRDUs
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
LR13.1 D16 E00025
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-14
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table F-6
(continued)
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
LR13.1 D16 E00028

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current softeware

load on eNodeB.
If necessary, update the eNodeB to the Minimum Commissioning Load of the
Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g. LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Import delta work order
Perform the following the steps to import the eNodeB delta work order using the NEM
Commissioning Wizard utility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Start NEM, if not already running

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights on the NEM menu bar.
Note: If Allocate Configuration Rights is grayed out, skip this step and continue to
Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Configuration > Commissioning Wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next on the Commissioning Wizard opening page.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the Import Work Order screen, select Internal File System.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Use Delta Configuration based on the work order file type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Import.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-15
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Open box, navigate to the correct market folder, select the eNodeB delta work
order file (*.xml), and click Open. In the Files of Type drop-down, select the correct file
type. For LR13.1/LR13.3 software releases select the *.xml file type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes in the Warning window.

Note: The eNodeB boots to initialize with the information in the Work Order.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Wait 4-5 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. NEM will display either an hourglass
(Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) during the boot process.
Note: Watch for the following:
NEM may not be respond until full eNodeB connectivity is restored after boot.
If any netconf warning messages appear, click OK and continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Click Finish once the hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7)
disappears (normal mouse cursor reappears).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Sector commissioning
Determine if sector commissioning is necessary.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the eNodeB software is LR13.3 and later eNodeB loads, continue with Work order
verification (p. F-16)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Work order verification
Perform the follows steps to confirm the site specific data have been loaded properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Complete the following to verify the eNodeB Friendly Name.
Go to the NEM Root View (icon shown on right).
Select the eNodeB Properties tab.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-16
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the eNodeB Friendly Name is correct for this site.

If the eNodeB Friendly Name is Correct, then procedure is complete.
Not correct or missing, then repeat all steps in Import Work Order with the correct
Work Order (WO).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the Commissioning Data File is a delta work order, then check SFP Inventory and RFM
Ping Test.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-17
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


with full snapshot file
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

full snapshot file
Overview
local NEM and a full snapshot file (full work order) to recommission the entire database
on the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to eNodeBs with a fixed IP address. It
supports recommissioning of IPsec and other special configurations on the OAM
interface.
Pre-conditions
Verify the following conditions have been accomplished:
eNodeB is installed but backhaul cable is disconnected.

IPsec is used on the OAM interface.
eNodeB is not managed by EMS
eNodeB has factory certificate installed
SeGW is properly provisioned for this eNodeB

eNodeB is provisioned, not PnP; OAM link parameters are provisioned in the eNodeB
DB, not obtained from PnP mechanisms such as DHCP or DNS.
eNodeB running software version and snapshot file use the same MIM version as the
target software version configured on EMS for this eNodeB. See SAM restriction #1.
SAM restriction #1: If software upgrade is checked, the software replacement is only
executed if the running software version on the eNodeB uses the same MIM version
as the target software version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be
removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3).
A snapshot file in the proper format for this eNodeB has been imported into the NEM.
Snapshot contains the complete eNodeB database including eNodeBEquipment::uniqueName set to the correct unique name of this eNodeB.
Snapshot has the OAM Link Parameters set as follows:
ipConfigAutomatic is provisioned to False

eNodeB OAM inner and outer IP address, subnet and gateway are provisioned
eNodeB OAM Vlan ID is provisioned
Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports are provisioned

SeGW IP address and all other necessary IPsec parameters are provisioned
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-18
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cable must be used.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
applicable.
Table F-7

Commissioning Load
Recommended NEM
LA6.0
LA5.0 D31 E55803
NEM LA6.0_D1.16
LR13.1
LR13.1 D16 E00025
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.1 (3rd bCEM)
LR13.1 D16 E00031
NEM LR13.1_D1.21
LR13.3
LR13.3 D50 E00725
NEM LR13.3_D1.24
Notes:
1.
2.
Table F-8
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
700 Lower TRDU
LA5.0 D31 E54400
CAUTION: Updating
MHz Lower TRDUs
800 MHz iDEN
LR13.1 D16 E00025
LR13.1 D16 E00025
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-19
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table F-8
(continued)
Equipment/Feature
Minimum Load
Notes
LR13.1 D16 E00028

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go to Running Software version (Active Software version) to check current software

load on eNodeB.
If necessary, update the eNodeB to the Minimum Commissioning Load of the
Commissioning Data (Work Order) Release (e.g. LA6.0, LR13.1, or LR13.3)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Import full work order
Perform the following the steps to import the eNodeB full work order using the NEM
Commissioning Wizard utility.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Start NEM, if not already running

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights on the NEM menu bar.
Note: If Allocate Configuration Rights is grayed out, skip this step and continue to
Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Configuration > Commissioning Wizard.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Next on the Commissioning Wizard opening page.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
On the Import Work Order screen, select Internal File System.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Use Full Configuration based on the work order file type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Import.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-20
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Open box, navigate to the correct market folder, select the eNodeB full work order
file (*.xml), and click Open. In the Files of Type drop-down, select the correct file type.
For LR13.1/LR13.3 software releases select the *.xml file type.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click Yes in the Warning window.

Note: The eNodeB boots to initialize with the information in the full work order.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Wait 4-5 minutes for the eNodeB boot to complete. NEM displays either an hourglass
(Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7) during the boot process.
Note: Watch for the following:
NEM may not be respond until full eNodeB connectivity is restored after boot.
If any netconf warning messages appear, click OK and continue.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Click Finish once the hourglass (Windows XP) or spinning wheel (Windows 7)
disappears (normal mouse cursor reappears).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Sector commissioning
Determine if sector commissioning is necessary.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the eNodeB software is LR13.3 and later eNodeB loads, continue with Work order
verification (p. F-21)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Work order verification
The follow steps to confirm the site specific data was loaded properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Complete the following to verify the eNodeB Friendly Name.
Go to the NEM Root View (icon shown on right).
Select the eNodeB Properties tab.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-21
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify the eNodeB Friendly Name is correct for this site.

If the eNodeB Friendly Name is Correct, then procedure is complete.
Not correct or missing, then repeat all steps in Import Work Order with the correct
work order.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the Commissioning Data File is a full work order, then check SFP Inventory and RFM
Ping Test.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-22
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

Procedure F-4: Recommission Plug-n-Play eNodeB with self

commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

commissioning
Overview
This procedure describes the recommissioning scenario for Plug-n-Play eNodeBs using
automated PnP mechanisms and self commissioning to obtain the alpha parameters for
the eNodeB. This procedure is applicable to PnP eNodeBs managed by serial number.
Starting in LR13.1, a newly installed eNodeB is able to contact the EMS and establish the
OAM link without on-site provisioning using plug-n-play (PnP) mechanisms. In the most
likely plug-n-play scenario (shown below), the eNodeB is DHCP-enabled and the
eNodeB OAM Inner and Outer IP addresses and the Security Gateway and Candidate
EMS IP addresses are discovered using PnP mechanisms.
The operator must pre-provision the eNodeB configuration, including the eNodeB serial
number, in the EMS. eNodeB establishes the initial OAM link by sending a Hello
message with its serial number to the EMS.
For eNodeBs identified by serial number, it is imperative that the OAM link port
configured in the EMS matches the OAM link port obtained by the eNodeB during PnP
procedures. If eNodeB obtains Candidate EMSs from DHCP, eNodeB receives both IP
addresses and ports. If eNodeB obtains Candidate EMSs from DNS, eNodeB only
receives IP addresses, no ports, and so it uses default port 162 in this case. Two Use Cases
are described below: (1) EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports match and (2) EMS and
eNodeB OAM Link ports mismatch.
Pre-conditions
Verify the following conditions have been accomplished:
Factory pre-provisioning of OAM Link Parameters has occurred in eNodeB if

necessary.
Factory certificate has been installed in eNodeB

DHCP and DNS servers have been provisioned with OAM Link Parameters if
necessary
eNodeB OAM IP address is assigned by PnP mechanisms
eNodeB OAM IP address is not managed in EMS for another eNodeB; assigned IP
address must be a new IP address
eNodeB is not managed in EMS
eNodeB basicMibVersion > 1
eNodeB is on LR13.1 or later release
eNodeB running software version uses the same MIM version as the target software
version configured on EMS. See SAM restriction #1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-23
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
executed if the running software version on the eNodeB uses the same MIM version
as the target software version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be
removed in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3).
Operator has directed EMS to manage eNodeB based on its serial number
eNodeB configuration is pre-provisioned in EMS with OAMInterface.provisionedeNodeBIdentifier is set to eNodeB serial number
EMS has Self Config Policy set for this eNodeB with the following checked:
Auto Start
software upgrade
Configuration Deployment
Administrative Enable
Managing EMS is not registered in the eNodeB

eNodeB is installed and powered on
eNodeB managed by serial number and OAM ports match
The following steps describe how the eNodeB is managed by using the eNodeB serial
number and matching OAM ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB boots up on LR13.1 or later release.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB initiates OAM Link establishment.

1. eNodeB determines the OAM Link Parameters to use. In this case, for the most part
they are discovered using PnP mechanisms.
2. eNodeB sets up OAM IPsec tunnel if enabled.
3. eNodeB sends Hello messages to Candidate EMS IP addresses and ports obtained
from PnP procedures. EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports must match for the
Managing EMS to receive the Hello message.
4. Managing EMS receives Hello message.
5. EMS determines if it is the Managing EMS for the eNodeB.
6. Managing EMS opens the OAM link using the eNodeBs OAM IP address in the
Hello message and registers itself as the Managing EMS.
EMS sets its FM IP addresses and ports in snmpTargetAddressTable. eNodeB

sends FM notifications (alarms, states, events, OCN) to the EMS addresses and
ports in snmpTargetAddressTable.
EMS sets its OAM Link IP addresses and ports in emsActiveAddressTable.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-24
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7. EMS begins link monitoring and sends first valid new Heartbeat message to eNodeB
to SNMP port 161.
eNodeB sends OAM Link Opened messages to Candidate EMS IP addresses and
ports obtained from PnP procedures. EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports must
match for the Candidate EMS to receive the OAM Link Opened message.
eNodeB sends Heartbeat LinkUp response to the active Managing EMS at the
address and port in emsActiveAddressTable.
eNodeB begins link monitoring.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
EMS automatically downloads and activates the eNodeB software according to the self
configuration policy. See SAM restrictions #1 and #2.
executed if the running software version on the eNodeB uses the same MIM version as
the target software version configured on the EMS. This restriction will be removed in
SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3).
SAM restriction #2: If software upgrade is checked, and the MIM versions are the same,
SAM always performs software replacement even if the running software version on
eNodeB matches the target software version configured on SAM. This is a problem
because if the target software version is already on the eNodeB, the software download
will fail, causing the self configuration procedure to fail. This problem will be corrected
in SAM 12.0 R5 (LR14.3) when SAM complies with the requirement to perform
automatic software replacement only if software upgrade is checked and if the running
software version on the eNodeB does not match the target software version configured on
SAM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
EMS automatically configures the eNodeB DB using the pre-provisioned WO according

to the self configuration policy.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB resets and configures itself as specified in the eNodeB configuration. eNodeB
and EMS execute the OAM link re-establishment scenario.
eNodeB sets up OAM IPsec tunnel if enabled. If the SeGW IP address or FQDN has
been changed in the eNodeB configuration, eNodeB sets up the IPsec tunnel to the
new Serving SeGW.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the CMS information has been provisioned, eNodeB contacts the CMS to obtain the
operator certificate.
1. eNodeB resets and eNodeB and EMS execute OAM link re-establishment scenario.
2. eNodeB sets up IPsec tunnel using operator certificate.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-25
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014


commissioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
EMS automatically unlocks eNodeB and all the LteCells according to the self
configuration policy. See SAM restriction #3.
SAM restriction #3: If Administrative Enable is checked, SAM only unlocks the
eNodeB, not the LteCells. In order to enable telecom service, the operator must manually
unlock the LteCells using NEM. SAM cannot unlock LteCells.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
eNodeB provides telecom service.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Post-conditions
The following post-conditions are established.
OAM Link is established.

eNodeB is running LR13 or later software provisioned in EMS.
eNodeB is running the configuration provisioned in EMS.
eNodeB is managed by IP address in EMS.
eNodeB managed by serial number and OAM ports mismatch
If the EMS and eNodeB OAM Link ports do not match for a new eNodeB using serial
number as the identity, then the eNodeB cant be discovered by the Managing EMS from
the Hello messages. If the eNodeB is using DHCP or provisioning to obtain the Candidate
EMS IP addresses and ports, this situation can be remedied by correcting the ports in the
DHCP entry or correcting the provisioned data in ProvisionedEmsAddressData.emsOAMLinkInitPort.
However, if the Candidate EMS IP addresses are obtained from DNS, DNS can not return
ports in its response. Therefore the eNodeB uses the default port of 162 as the OAM Link
port. To discover and manage an eNodeB in this situation either (1) the operator has to
use the previous mechanism based on a static pre-provisioned OAM IP address as the
eNodeB identity or (2) in order to use automatic or dynamic IP addressing, the Managing
EMS must be installed with the default OAM Link port of 162.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-26
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Overview
Guide, Display Transport Properties and IpSec Properties for VLAN 0 and Other VLANs,
for additional details to make the OAM connection between the 5620 SAM and the
eNodeB.
Description
Perform the following procedure to set the OAM routing between the 5620 SAM and the
eNodeB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, connect the NEM PC to CCM PORT 1, open the NEM and login as follows:
eCCM IP address: 192.168.10.1 (netmask 255.255.255.0).

User ID: initial_nem
Click OK. NEM main window is displayed.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Configuration > Allocate Configuration Rights

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set IP Configure Mode field as follows:

1. Click Root View > Transport Properties, and Edit (not grayed out).
2. Set IP Config Mode: provisioned (manually from the NEM) or automatic (from the
DHCP server), as required.
3. Click OK
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click VLAN 0 Transport Properties, and Edit (not grayed out).

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Set the VLAN 0 Transport Properties fields as required:

1. IP format: IPv4/IPv6 (OAM eNodeB and 5620 SAM transport network is based only
on IPv6)
2. Vlan Id: xx
3. Click Edit Traffic Descriptor 0 Values
4. OAM Manual IP address: <ip-address>
5. OAM Manual Ipv4 Netmask/Ipv6 Prefix Routing Length: <netmask-prefix>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-27
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6. OAM Manual IP gateway: <ip-address>

7. Traffic Type List: Oam (traffic types defined for an IP address)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click OK. eNodeB reboots.

Check the link is UP (down) at EMS Data Tab -> EMS Connection -> OAM Link Status.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F-28
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Appendix G: Change CCM static

MAC address in 7750 SR
Procedure G-1: Change CCM static MAC address

Purpose
This appendix describes how to update the CCM (eCCM2 or eCCM-U) static MAC
address in the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 router when the CCM is replaced in the
Note: This procedure must be performed by a qualified OMC network administrator.
Attention: Perform this step as follows:
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router matches the new CCM static
MAC address, the procedure is complete.
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router does not match the new CCM
static MAC address, go to the following steps to change the address.
Prerequisites
The following information must be provided for the CCM static MAC address change in
the 7750 router:
eNodeB IP address
eNodeB name
Telecom port IP address
Update 7750 Router 1
Perform the following procedure to update the CCM MAC address in 7750 Router 1 to
match the MAC address of the new CCM replaced in the eNodeB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Log into 7750 Router 1. Verify Router 1 is logged in.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command to check for the IPV4 setup:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
show router arp | match <xxx>
<xxx> is the last 3 digits of eNodeB number, for example, 123xxx_eNodeB_Name

Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB telecom IP address
(123.45.567.98) and MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)):

123.45.567.98
123.45.567.98
enbtelecomip-1
enbtelecomip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess
00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
00h00m00s
02h55m32s
00h00m00s
00h00m00s
Oth[I]
Dyn[I]
Oth[I]
Sta[I]
to-BTS0281-7705
to-BTS0281-7705
L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command to check for the IPV6 setup:

show router neighbor | match 0XXX post-lines 1
Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IPV6 Neighbor IP address
and IPV6 Neighbor MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)):

Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP_Neighbor
L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX (IPV6 Neighbor IP
address)
00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
REACHABLE
Static
No
(IPV6 Neighbor MAC)
Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP
L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX
00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
STALE
03h59m57s
Dynamic
No
If IPV6 is not set up, no output occurs.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check/modify the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 router:
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 1 matches the new CCM static
MAC address, go to Update 7750 Router 2 (p. G-4).
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 1 does not match the new CCM
static MAC address, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command:
show router 4 arp | match <xxx>

Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IP address and OAM port
dynamic IP address:
123.45.567.98
123.45.567.98
eNodeBip-1
eNodeBip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess
00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-EDN-BTS0xxx
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 03h40m41s Dyn[I] L3-EDN-BTS0xxx
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-OAM-eNodeB0xxx
00:11:3f:ca:a8:e1 03h59m46s Dyn[I] L3-OAM-eNodeB0xxx
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Make sure the OAM IP address matches the eNodeB IP address and make note of the
MAC address. Update the telecom MAC address on Router 2 to match this MAC
address.
00:11:3f:ca:a8:e1 is the new MAC address in this example.
The MAC address of the eNodeBip and enbtelecomip must match.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ping eNodeB to verify connection as follows:

ping router 4 <eNodeB_IP>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Repeat the following command and verify the values have not changed:
show router 4 arp | match <xxx>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command:
configure service ies 1 interface L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
Result: Prompt changes to config>service>ies>if#
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command:
info
Result: The following shows an example of the output for IPV4 or IPV6:
If IPV4 is setup:
description "eNodeB0281-7705-Telecom-eCCM"
address enbtelecomip-1/31
mac 00:00:01:00:02:81
static-arp <enbtelecomip> 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
spoke-sdp 281:31281157 create
exit
OR, if IPV6 is setup

mac 00:00:01:00:02:81
ipv6
address 2001:4888:2010:9126:103:400::/64
mac 00:00:01:00:02:81
neighbor enb::IPV6::IP:addr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
exit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The MAC (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f) and IP addresses should match the information the
show command displayed in Step 2 or Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Enter command as follows for IPV4 or IPV6:
For IPV4 address:

static-arp <enbtelecomip> <new_MAC_address>
For IPV6 address:

ipv6
neighbor <ipv6neighborIP> <new_MAC_address>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Enter command:
info
Verify the new MAC address matches the eNodeB IP address.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Enter command:
exit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Enter command to save the changes:

admin save
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Update 7750 Router 2
Perform the following procedure to update the CCM MAC address in 7750 Router 2 to
match the MAC address of the new CCM replaced in the eNodeB, and Router 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Log into 7750 Router 2. Verify Router 2 is logged in.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command to check for IPV4 setup:

show router arp | match <xxx>

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB telecom IP address
(123.45.567.98) and MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)):

123.45.567.98
123.45.567.98
enbtelecomip-1
enbtelecomip
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] to-BTS0281-7705

ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 02h55m32s Dyn[I] to-BTS0281-7705
ma:c_:ad:dr:ess 00h00m00s Oth[I] L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
00h00m00s Sta[I] L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command to check for IPV6 setup:

show router neighbor | match 0XXX post-lines 1
Result: The following example output displays the eNodeB IPV6 Neighbor IP address
and IPV6 Neighbor MAC address (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f (existing MAC address)):

Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP_Neighbor
L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX (IPV6 Neighbor IP
address)
00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
REACHABLE
Static
No
(IPV6 Neighbor MAC)
Enbtelecom_IPV6_IP
L3-Telecom-eNodeB0XXX
00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
STALE
03h59m57s
Dynamic
No
If IPV6 is not set up, no output occurs.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check/modify the CCM static MAC address on 7750 Router 2:
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 2 matches the new CCM static
MAC address, procedure completed.
If the CCM static MAC address on the 7750 Router 2 does not match the new CCM
static MAC address, go to the following step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command:
configure service ies 1 interface L3-Telecom-eNodeB0xxx
Result: Prompt changes to config>service>ies>if#
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command for IPV4 or IPV6:

info
Result: The following shows an example of the output:
If IPV4 is setup:
mac 00:00:01:00:02:81
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

exit
OR, if IPV6 is setup

mac 00:00:01:00:02:81
ipv6
address 2001:4888:2010:9126:103:400::/64
mac 00:00:01:00:02:81
neighbor enb::IPV6::IP:addr:ess 00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f
exit
The MAC (00:11:3f:c7:fb:5f) and IP addresses should match the information the
show command displayed in Step 2 or Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command as follows for IPV4 or IPV6:
For IPV4 address:

static-arp <enbtelecomip> <new_MAC_address>
For IPV6 address:

ipv6
neighbor <ipv6neighborIP> <new_MAC_address>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command:
info
Verify the new MAC address matches the eNodeB IP address.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter command:
exit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Enter command to save the changes:

admin save
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
Procedure completed. Return to previous procedure.

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
Numerics
9412 eNodeB
corrective maintenance procedures, 4-1
9926 BBU
replacement procedures, 5-2
9926 BBU in MBI cabinet
9926 BBU to RRH SFP diagram, 4-108
................................................................................................
remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620

SAM, 4-57
remove RUC/Fan Tray, 4-9
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack, 4-85
replace bCEMbCEM, 4-75
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 using
eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-16
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 using NEM, 4-16
replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, 4-40
replace RUC/Fan Tray, 4-3
A about this document
safety, 1-1
add bCEM to existing 9926 BBU, 7-1
add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU
hardware issues, 7-1
................................................................................................
B backhaul interface SFP optical module provisioning,
4-109
BB cabinet
install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
4-31
install eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620
SAM, 4-59
install RUC/Fan Tray, 4-12
prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement
using 5620 SAM, 4-55
restore eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,

4-34
restore eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620
SAM, 4-63, 4-69
BBU in 9412 eNodeB
bCEM
faceplate, 9-3, 11-2, 12-2
in MBI cabinet, 6-76
in rack-mounted 9926 BBU, 5-75
indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-75
bCEM LED status, D-11
bCEM-U
faceplate, 4-75, 5-75, 6-76
remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using

NEM, 4-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-1
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

See: bCEM
See: bCEM
indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-75
................................................................................................
C CCM
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in

9926 BBU, 5-40
MBI cabinet, 6-40
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using 5620 SAM,
indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-40
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using 5620 SAM, in

9926 BBU, 5-40
MBI cabinet, 6-40
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using 5620 SAM,
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using NEM, 5-16
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using NEM,
status, using 5620 SAM, 4-43
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM,

status, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-43
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using NEM, 5-16
status, using SAM, 5-43
status using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-19
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using NEM, indoor/BB

outdoor cabinet, 4-16
CCM in NEM procedure
replace eCCM2 with eCCM-U (downgrade/fallback)

using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 5-40
CEM LED status
status, 4-19, 5-19
bCEM, D-11

using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-40
CMA LED, D-2

using 5620 SAM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-40
configure 9926 BBU for dual-carrier, single-band

operation, 11-1

using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-16
configure 9926 BBU for multi-carrier, multi-band

operation, 12-1

using NEM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-16
connections
replace eCCM2 with eCCM-U using NEM, 5-16

replace eCCM-U with eCCM2 (upgrade) using 5620
SAM, in 9926 BBU, 5-40
RUC/Fan Tray, 4-5, 5-5, 6-5

corrective maintenance
9412 eNodeB, 4-1

SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-40
9926 BBU, 5-2

SAM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-40
BBU in MBI cabinet, 6-2
replace eCCM-U with eCCM2 (upgrade) using

NEM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-16
BBU in 9412 eNodeB, 4-2
eAM, 5-105, 6-107

install eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet,
6-31
4-31, 5-31
replace eCCM-U with eCCM2 using NEM, 5-16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-2
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

SAM, 4-59
install eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM,
5-58
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet, 6-86

replace bCEM in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-75
replace bCEM in MBI cabinet, 6-75
replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU, 5-74
replace eCCM-U and/ or eCCM2 (CCM), 5-16
install RUC/Fan Tray in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet,

4-12

install RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 5-12
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 using NEM, in

install RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet, 6-12

using 5620 SAM from indoor/BB outdoor cabinet,
4-55
replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in

9926 BBU, 5-40
MBI cabinet, 6-40
process, 3-1
replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 5-3
rack-mounted BBU procedures, 5-1, 6-1
replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet, 6-3

eNodeB-NEM, from MBI cabinet, 6-27
replace SFP transceivers, 4-104
remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM

from indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-27
required tools, 3-5
remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620

SAM, 5-56
SAM from indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-57
remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
5-27
remove RUC/Fan Tray from indoor/outdoor cabinet,
4-9
remove RUC/Fan Tray from LTE 9926 BBU, 5-9
remove RUC/Fan Tray from MBI cabinet, 6-9
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor BB
cabinet, 4-85
replacement/repair process, 3-1
restore eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet,

6-34
4-34, 5-34
SAM, 4-63, 4-69, 5-62, 5-68, 6-63, 6-69
safety requirements, 3-5
torque requirements for mechanical connections, 3-7
CPRI interface SFP optical module provisioning, 4-106
CPRI LEDs
eCCM-U, D-4
CPRI Status LEDs
TRDU, D-15
................................................................................................
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU,

5-85
D document support, xxxi
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-3
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
dual-carrier, single-band operation, 11-1

................................................................................................
E eCCM2
faceplate, 5-18
replacement procedure using NEM, indoor/BB

restore 9926 BBU using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI
cabinet, 6-34
eCCM-U
faceplate, in 9926 BBU, 5-42
faceplate, 5-18
faceplate, indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-18, 4-42
faceplate, in 9926 BBU, 5-42
faceplate, MBI cabinet, 6-18
faceplate, indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-18, 4-42
faceplate, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-42
faceplate, MBI cabinet, 6-18
install using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-31
faceplate, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-42

9926 BBU, 5-40
LEDs, D-1

MBI cabinet, 6-40
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using 5620 SAM,
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM,
replace eCCM2 with eCCM2 using NEM, indoor/BB
using 5620 SAM, in 9926 BBU, 5-40
using 5620 SAM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-40
using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-16
using NEM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-16
replacement procedure using 5620 SAM, in 9926
BBU, 5-40
replacement procedure using 5620 SAM, in MBI
cabinet, 6-40

SAM, in 9926 BBU, 5-40
SAM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-40
NEM, indoor/BB outdoor cabinet, 4-16
9926 BBU, 5-40
MBI cabinet, 6-40
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using 5620 SAM,
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using
replace eCCM-U with eCCM-U using NEM,
eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM)
install in 9926 BBU, 5-31
replacement procedure using 5620 SAM, indoor/BB

install in indoor cabinet using NEM, 4-31
replacement procedure using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI

cabinet, 6-16
remove from indoor cabinet using NEM, 4-27
install in outdoor BB cabinet using NEM, 4-31
remove using eNodeB-NEM, from MBI cabinet,

6-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-4
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
restore in 9926 BBU, 5-34
................................................................................................
restore in indoor cabinet using NEM, 4-34
F faceplate
restore in outdoor BB cabinet using NEM, 4-34
eCCM2, 5-18
eCCM-U LED status
eCCM2, in 9926 BBU, 5-42
CMA LED, D-2
eCCM2, indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-18, 4-42
CPRI LEDs, D-4
eCCM2, MBI cabinet, 6-18
GigE MDA port LEDs, D-4
eCCM2, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-42
matrix, D-2
eCCM-U, 5-18
MDA/PCM LEDs, D-3
eCCM-U, in 9926 BBU, 5-42
SYNC LED, D-2
eCCM-U, indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-18, 4-42
eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM)
eCCM-U, MBI cabinet, 6-18
install in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 5-58, 5-58
eCCM-U, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-42
install, using 5620 SAM in indoor cabinet, 4-59
FRU, 3-1
install using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-59, 6-59
FRUs
install, using 5620 SAM in outdoor BB cabinet, 4-59

in 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 5-54
in indoor cabinet using 5620 SAM, 4-55
hot swap, 3-2

................................................................................................
G general precautions for installation procedures, 1-3
GigE MDA port LEDs, D-4

................................................................................................
H hardware issues
remove from 9926 BBU, 5-27
add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU, 7-1
remove from 9926 BBU using 5620 SAM, 5-56
hot swap
remove from indoor cabinet, using 5620 SAM, 4-57

remove using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-57
FRUs, 3-2
................................................................................................
restore, using 5620 SAM, 5-62, 5-68, 6-63, 6-69

restore, using 5620 SAM in indoor cabinet, 4-63,
4-69
restore, using 5620 SAM in outdoor BB cabinet,
4-63, 4-69
See: eCCM-U
See: eCCM2
indoor cabinet
4-31
SAM, 4-59
NEM, 4-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-5
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

SAM, 4-57
................................................................................................
M MBI cabinet
install eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, 6-31
replace bCEM, 4-75, 4-75


replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 using NEM, 4-16



restore eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet,

6-34


4-34

SAM, 4-63, 4-69
replace bCEM, 6-75
install a new bCEM, 7-2

................................................................................................
MDA LEDs, D-3

L LED status
bCEM, D-11
TRDU, D-13
LEDs
eCCM-U, D-1
eCCM-U CMA, D-2
multi-carrier, multi-band operation, 12-1

................................................................................................
O outdoor cabinet
install eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) in BB

cabinet using NEM, 4-31
eCCM-U CPRI, D-4
install eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620 SAM

in BB cabinet, 4-59
eCCM-U GigE MDA, D-4
install RUC/Fan Tray in BB cabinet, 4-12
eCCM-U matrix, D-2

using 5620 SAM from BB cabinet, 4-55
eCCM-U MDA/PCM, D-3

eCCM-U SYNC, D-2
lightRadio cabinet
LTE 9926 BBU
remove eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM

from BB cabinet, 4-27
SAM from BB cabinet, 4-57
remove RUC/Fan Tray from BB cabinet, 4-9
replace bCEM, 4-75
replace bCEM in BB cabinet, 4-75
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-6
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 using NEM, in BB
cabinet, 4-16
replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 using 5620 SAM, in BB
cabinet, 4-40
restore eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) in BB
cabinet using NEM, 4-34
SAM in BB cabinet, 4-63, 4-69
................................................................................................
P PCM LEDs, D-3
phone numbers
for document support, xxxi
prepare 5620 SAM/9926 BBU for CCM replacement,
4-55, 5-54
preventive maintenance
remove RUC/Fan Tray

from LTE 9926 BBU, 5-9
Replace CCM
things to do before going out to the cell site using
5620 SAM, 4-50, 5-50
5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-51
replace CCM
Replace CCM
NEM, 4-23
replace CCM
NEM, 5-23
replace RUC/Fan Tray
indoor cabinet, 4-3
LTE 9926 BBU, 5-3
9926 BBU, 2-1
MBI cabinet, 6-3
9926 BBU component requirements, 2-1
outdoor BB cabinet, 4-3
9926 BBU component schedule, 2-2

safety, 1-1
product conformance statements, B-1
replacement procedures
9926 BBU, 5-2
9926 BBU in MBI cabinet, 6-2
Canada, B-3
BBU in 9412 eNodeB, 4-2
European Union, B-4
eAM, 5-105, 6-107
United States, B-2

5-31
................................................................................................
R rack-mounted 9926 BBU
replace bCEM, 5-74

rack-mounted BBU
corrective maintenance procedures, 5-1, 6-1
replace eAM, 5-105, 6-107
remove bCEM from existing 9926 BBU, 7-1
remove existing bCEM, 7-4
install RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 5-12

install RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet, 6-12
installeCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet,
6-31
installeCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
4-31
installeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620 SAM,
4-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-7
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
installeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM,

5-58

9926 BBU, 5-40
installeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620 SAM,


installRUC/Fan Tray in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet,

4-12

MBI cabinet, 6-40

using 5620 SAM, 4-55, 5-54
replace RUC/Fan Tray in LTE 9926 BBU, 5-3

remove eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
5-27
remove RUC/Fan Tray from 9926 BBU, 5-9
removeeCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using
removeeCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
4-27
removeeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620
SAM, 4-57
removeeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620
SAM, 5-56
removeeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM) using 5620
removeRUC/Fan Tray from indoor/outdoor BB
cabinet, 4-9
removeRUC/Fan Tray from MBI cabinet, 6-9
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in indoor/outdoor BB
cabinet, 4-85
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in LTE 9926 BBU,
5-85
replace 9926 BBU Sub-Rack in MBI cabinet, 6-86
replace bCEM in indoor/outdoor BB cabinet, 4-75
replace bCEM in MBI cabinet, 6-75
replace bCEM in rack-mounted 9926 BBU, 5-74
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM), 5-16
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 using NEM, in
replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet, 6-3

replaceRUC/Fan Tray, 4-3
restoreeCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet,
6-34
restoreeCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
4-34, 5-34
restoreeCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620
SAM, 4-63, 4-69, 5-62, 5-68, 6-63, 6-69
replacement/repair process
corrective maintenance, 3-1
required tools
restore 9412 eNodeB operation
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
4-34
replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620
SAM, 4-63, 4-69
restore 9926 BBU operation
replace eCCM2 using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI
cabinet, 6-34
replace eCCM-U and/or eCCM2 (CCM) using NEM,
5-34
replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using 5620
SAM, 5-68, 6-69
replace eCCM-U or eCCM2 (CCM), using SAM,
5-62, 6-63
RUC/Fan Tray
connections, 4-5, 5-5, 6-5
indoor cabinet, 4-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-8
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
install in indoor cabinet, 4-12
status
install in LTE 9926 BBU, 5-12
CCM in NEM procedure, 4-19, 5-19
install in MBI cabinet, 6-12
CCM, using 5620 SAM, 4-43
install in outdoor BB cabinet, 4-12
CCM, using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-43
LTE 9926 BBU, 5-3
CCM using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-19
MBI cabinet, 6-3, 6-4
CCM, using SAM, 5-43
module, 4-4, 5-4, 6-5
structure of hazard statements, 1-1
outdoor BB cabinet, 4-3
SYNC LED, D-2
procedures for 9926 BBU, 5-7
................................................................................................
procedures for indoor/outdoor, 4-7
T things to do before going out to the cell site
procedures for MBI cabinet, 6-8
CCM using 5620 SAM, 4-50, 5-50
remove from indoor cabinet, 4-9
CCM using 5620 SAM, in MBI cabinet, 6-51
remove from MBI cabinet, 6-9
CCM using eNodeB-NEM, in MBI cabinet, 6-23
remove from outdoor cabinet, 4-9
CCM using NEM, 4-23, 5-23
status, indoor/outdoor, 4-5

status, LTE 9926 BBU, 5-5
status, MBI cabinet, 6-6
RUC/HC Fan Tray
See: RUC/Fan Tray
torque requirements for mechanical connections

TRDU
CPRI Status LEDs, D-15
General Status LEDs, D-13
................................................................................................
TRDU LED status, D-13

S safety, 1-1
general precautions for installation procedures, 1-3
................................................................................................
U update 9926 BBU software loads, E-1
specific safety hazards, 1-5

structure of hazard statements, 1-1
safety requirements
SFP optical module provisioning
9926 BBU to RRH SFP diagram, 4-108
backhaul interface, 4-109
CPRI interface, 4-106
software loads
update 9926 BBU, E-1
specific safety hazards, 1-5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-9
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-10
9YZ-05817-0021-REZZA LR13.3.L
Issue 2 July 2014

BBU - Maintenance User Guide

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

BBU - Maintenance User Guide

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Product conformance statements can be found in Appendix B, Product conformance statements.

Technical support ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxxi

Part I: 9926 BBU Maintenance

LTE Product Safety

Specific safety hazards ............................................................................................................................................................ 1-5

9926 BBU Preventive Maintenance

9926 BBU preventive maintenance schedule ................................................................................................................. 2-2

Procedure 2-1: Inspect/clean 9926 BBU Sub-Rack air intake

Corrective maintenance process

Safety requirements .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-5

Torque requirements for mechanical connections

Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in 9412 eNodeB

Procedure 4-6: Replace SFP transceivers .................................................................................................................... 4-104

Corrective maintenance procedures for rack-mounted 9926 BBU

Procedure 5-4: Replace bCEM .......................................................................................................................................... 5-74

Corrective maintenance procedures for 9926 BBU in MBI cabinet

Procedure 6-1: Replace RUC/Fan Tray in MBI cabinet ............................................................................................. 6-3

Part II: 9926 BBU Upgrade/Reconfiguration Procedures

Add/remove bCEM to/from 9926 BBU

Add new cell to eNodeB

Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Band, Dual-Modem Operation

Procedure 9-1: Configure 9926 BBU hardware

Configure 9926 BBU for Dual-Carrier, Single-Band Operation

Configure 9926 BBU for Multi-Carrier, Multi-Band Operation (Commercial Carrier

Preparation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 12-2

Document issue history

Product conformance statements

eCCM-U Model 2 LED status

TRDU LED status ................................................................................................................................................................. D-13

Update 9926 BBU software loads

Required software and eCCM-U identification

Procedure E-1: Establish connection between NEM and eCCM-U

Recommission 9926 BBU

Documentation Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. F-2

Procedure F-1: Recommission provisioned eNodeB on-site with NEM

Change CCM static MAC address in 7750 SR

Document changes from LR13.3.L (Issue 2, July 2014)

How to use this document

Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM documents

Signal words for hazard severity .......................................................................................................................... 1-2

9926 BBU preventive maintenance requirements

9926 BBU preventive maintenance schedule .................................................................................................. 2-2

Alcatel-Lucent 9926 BBU configurations

Torque requirements for mechanical connections

BBU replacement procedures

RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications

RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview

CCM connector changes ....................................................................................................................................... 4-19

CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM

CCM connector changes ....................................................................................................................................... 4-43

CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM

bCEM replacement procedure overview

CPRI interface SFP optical modules

Backhaul interface SFP optical modules ...................................................................................................... 4-109

9926 BBU component replacement procedures

RUC/Fan Tray terminal lug specifications

RUC/Fan Tray replacement procedure overview

CCM connector changes ....................................................................................................................................... 5-19

CCM replacement procedure overview using NEM

CCM connector changes ....................................................................................................................................... 5-43

CCM replacement procedure overview using 5620 SAM